Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 6035:4eedfc4911a1 v7.4.357
updated for version 7.4.357
Problem: After completion some characters are not redrawn.
Solution: Clear the command line unconditionally. (Jacob Niehus)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 09 Jul 2014 14:00:49 +0200 |
parents | ef83b423ebf7 |
children | 7766142fc7d3 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 #include "vim.h" | |
16 | |
17 /* | |
18 * Number of registers. | |
19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
25 */ | |
26 /* | |
27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
28 */ | |
29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
34 # else | |
35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
36 # endif | |
37 #endif | |
38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
40 #endif | |
41 | |
42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
45 # else | |
46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
47 # endif | |
48 #else | |
49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
50 #endif | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
54 */ | |
55 static struct yankreg | |
56 { | |
57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
60 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
61 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
62 | |
63 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
64 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
65 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
66 | |
67 /* | |
68 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
69 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
70 */ | |
71 struct block_def | |
72 { | |
1839 | 73 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
74 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
7 | 75 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
1839 | 76 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
77 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
7 | 78 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
79 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
80 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
81 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
82 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
83 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
84 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
85 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
86 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
87 #endif | |
88 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
89 }; | |
90 | |
91 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
92 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
93 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
94 #endif | |
95 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
1034 | 96 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
1077 | 97 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
98 int silent)); | |
7 | 99 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
101 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
102 #endif | |
103 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
104 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
105 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
106 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
107 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
108 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
109 #endif | |
110 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
3562 | 111 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
112 static char_u *skip_comment __ARGS((char_u *line, int process, int include_space, int *is_comment)); | |
113 #endif | |
7 | 114 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); |
115 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
5828 | 116 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int yank_type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen, int str_list)); |
7 | 117 #endif |
118 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
119 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
120 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
121 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
122 #else | |
123 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
124 #endif | |
125 | |
126 /* | |
127 * The names of operators. | |
128 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
129 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
130 */ | |
131 static char opchars[][3] = | |
132 { | |
133 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
134 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
135 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
136 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
137 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
138 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
139 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
140 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
141 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
142 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
143 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
144 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
145 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
146 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
147 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
148 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
149 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
150 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
151 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
152 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
153 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
154 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
155 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
156 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
157 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
158 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
159 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
603 | 160 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
7 | 161 }; |
162 | |
163 /* | |
164 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
165 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
166 */ | |
167 int | |
168 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
169 int char1; | |
170 int char2; | |
171 { | |
172 int i; | |
173 | |
174 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
175 return OP_REPLACE; | |
176 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
177 return OP_TILDE; | |
178 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
179 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
180 break; | |
181 return i; | |
182 } | |
183 | |
184 /* | |
185 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
186 */ | |
187 int | |
188 op_on_lines(op) | |
189 int op; | |
190 { | |
191 return opchars[op][2]; | |
192 } | |
193 | |
194 /* | |
195 * Get first operator command character. | |
196 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
197 */ | |
198 int | |
199 get_op_char(optype) | |
200 int optype; | |
201 { | |
202 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
203 } | |
204 | |
205 /* | |
206 * Get second operator command character. | |
207 */ | |
208 int | |
209 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
210 int optype; | |
211 { | |
212 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
213 } | |
214 | |
215 /* | |
216 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
217 */ | |
218 void | |
219 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
220 oparg_T *oap; | |
221 int curs_top; | |
222 int amount; | |
223 { | |
224 long i; | |
225 int first_char; | |
226 char_u *s; | |
227 int block_col = 0; | |
228 | |
229 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
230 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
231 return; | |
232 | |
233 if (oap->block_mode) | |
234 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
235 | |
236 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
237 { | |
238 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
239 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
240 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
241 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
242 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
243 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
244 #endif | |
245 else | |
246 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
247 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
248 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
249 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
250 #endif | |
251 { | |
1516 | 252 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
7 | 253 } |
254 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
255 } | |
256 | |
257 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
5182
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
258 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
259 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold */ |
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
260 foldOpenCursor(); |
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
261 #endif |
7 | 262 |
263 if (oap->block_mode) | |
264 { | |
265 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
266 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
267 } | |
5735 | 268 else if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ |
7 | 269 { |
270 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
271 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
272 } | |
273 else | |
274 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
275 | |
276 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
277 { | |
278 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
279 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
280 else | |
281 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
282 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
283 { | |
284 if (amount == 1) | |
285 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
286 else | |
287 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
288 } | |
289 else | |
290 { | |
291 if (amount == 1) | |
292 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
293 oap->line_count, s); | |
294 else | |
295 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
296 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
297 } | |
298 msg(IObuff); | |
299 } | |
300 | |
301 /* | |
302 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
303 */ | |
304 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
305 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
306 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
307 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
308 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
309 } | |
310 | |
311 /* | |
312 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
313 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
314 */ | |
315 void | |
1516 | 316 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 317 int left; |
318 int round; | |
319 int amount; | |
1516 | 320 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 321 { |
322 int count; | |
323 int i, j; | |
5438 | 324 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
7 | 325 |
326 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
327 | |
328 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
329 { | |
330 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
331 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
332 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
333 --amount; | |
334 if (left) | |
335 { | |
336 i -= amount; | |
337 if (i < 0) | |
338 i = 0; | |
339 } | |
340 else | |
341 i += amount; | |
342 count = i * p_sw; | |
343 } | |
344 else /* original vi indent */ | |
345 { | |
346 if (left) | |
347 { | |
348 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
349 if (count < 0) | |
350 count = 0; | |
351 } | |
352 else | |
353 count += p_sw * amount; | |
354 } | |
355 | |
356 /* Set new indent */ | |
357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 359 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 360 else |
361 #endif | |
1516 | 362 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 363 } |
364 | |
365 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
366 /* | |
367 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
368 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
369 */ | |
370 static void | |
371 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
372 oparg_T *oap; | |
373 int amount; | |
374 { | |
375 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
376 int oldstate = State; | |
1839 | 377 int total; |
378 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
7 | 379 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5438 | 380 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
7 | 381 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; |
382 struct block_def bd; | |
383 int incr; | |
1839 | 384 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
7 | 385 int i = 0, j = 0; |
386 int len; | |
387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
388 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
389 | |
4352 | 390 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in indent */ |
7 | 391 #endif |
392 | |
393 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
394 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
395 if (bd.is_short) | |
396 return; | |
397 | |
398 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
399 total = amount * p_sw; | |
400 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
401 | |
402 if (!left) | |
403 { | |
404 /* | |
405 * 1. Get start vcol | |
406 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
407 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
408 * 4. Construct new string | |
409 */ | |
410 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
411 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
412 if (bd.startspaces) | |
413 { | |
414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
415 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 416 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
1995 | 417 else |
418 #endif | |
419 ++bd.textstart; | |
7 | 420 } |
421 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
422 { | |
5995 | 423 /* TODO: is passing bd.textstart for start of the line OK? */ |
424 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(bd.textstart, &bd.textstart, | |
425 (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
7 | 426 total += incr; |
427 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
428 } | |
429 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
430 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
431 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
432 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
433 if (i) | |
434 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
435 else | |
436 j = total; | |
437 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
438 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
439 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
440 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
441 if (newp == NULL) | |
442 return; | |
443 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
444 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
445 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
446 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
447 /* the end */ | |
448 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
449 } | |
450 else /* left */ | |
451 { | |
1839 | 452 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
453 be shifted */ | |
454 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
455 copied verbatim */ | |
456 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
457 of line */ | |
458 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
459 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
460 block shift */ | |
461 size_t block_space_width; | |
462 size_t shift_amount; | |
463 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
464 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
465 | |
466 /* | |
467 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
468 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
469 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
470 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
471 * non-whitespace character. | |
472 */ | |
473 | |
474 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
475 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
476 * searching from the next character. */ | |
477 if (bd.startspaces) | |
478 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
479 | |
480 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
481 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
482 | |
483 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
7 | 484 { |
5995 | 485 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(bd.textstart, &non_white, non_white_col); |
1839 | 486 non_white_col += incr; |
7 | 487 } |
1839 | 488 |
489 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
490 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
491 */ | |
1860 | 492 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
493 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
1839 | 494 |
495 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
1860 | 496 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
1839 | 497 |
498 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
499 * reuse without modification. */ | |
500 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
501 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
502 | |
503 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
504 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
505 * column number. */ | |
506 if (bd.startspaces) | |
507 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
508 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
7 | 509 { |
5995 | 510 char_u *line = verbatim_copy_end; |
511 | |
512 /* TODO: is passing verbatim_copy_end for start of the line OK? */ | |
513 incr = lbr_chartabsize(line, verbatim_copy_end, | |
514 verbatim_copy_width); | |
1839 | 515 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) |
516 break; | |
517 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
518 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
7 | 519 } |
520 | |
1839 | 521 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
522 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
523 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
524 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
525 | |
526 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
527 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
528 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
529 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
530 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
531 + fill | |
532 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
533 | |
534 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
7 | 535 if (newp == NULL) |
536 return; | |
1839 | 537 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
538 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
539 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
7 | 540 } |
541 /* replace the line */ | |
542 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
543 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
544 State = oldstate; | |
545 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
546 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
547 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
548 #endif | |
549 } | |
550 #endif | |
551 | |
552 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
553 /* | |
554 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
555 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
556 */ | |
557 static void | |
558 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
559 oparg_T *oap; | |
560 char_u *s; | |
561 int b_insert; | |
562 struct block_def *bdp; | |
563 { | |
564 int p_ts; | |
565 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
566 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
567 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
568 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
569 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
570 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
571 int oldstate = State; | |
572 | |
573 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
574 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
575 | |
576 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
577 { | |
578 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
579 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
580 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
581 | |
582 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
583 | |
584 if (b_insert) | |
585 { | |
586 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
587 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
588 if (spaces != 0) | |
589 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
590 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
591 } | |
592 else /* append */ | |
593 { | |
594 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
595 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
596 { | |
597 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
598 if (spaces != 0) | |
599 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
600 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
601 } | |
602 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
603 { | |
604 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
605 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
606 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
607 count = spaces; | |
608 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
609 } | |
610 } | |
611 | |
612 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
613 if (newp == NULL) | |
614 continue; | |
615 | |
616 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
617 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
618 oldp += offset; | |
619 | |
620 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
621 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
622 | |
623 /* copy the new text */ | |
624 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
625 offset += s_len; | |
626 | |
627 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
628 { | |
629 /* insert post-padding */ | |
630 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
631 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
632 oldp++; | |
633 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
634 count++; | |
635 } | |
636 | |
637 if (spaces > 0) | |
638 offset += count; | |
1622 | 639 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 640 |
641 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
642 | |
643 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
644 { | |
645 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
646 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
647 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
648 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
649 } | |
650 } /* for all lnum */ | |
651 | |
652 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
653 | |
654 State = oldstate; | |
655 } | |
656 #endif | |
657 | |
658 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
659 /* | |
660 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
661 */ | |
662 void | |
663 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
664 oparg_T *oap; | |
665 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
666 { | |
667 long i; | |
668 char_u *l; | |
669 int count; | |
670 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
671 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
672 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
673 | |
216 | 674 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
675 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
676 { | |
677 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
678 return; | |
679 } | |
680 | |
7 | 681 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
682 { | |
683 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
684 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
685 | |
686 if (i > 1 | |
687 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
688 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
689 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
690 | |
691 /* | |
692 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
693 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
694 */ | |
695 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
696 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
697 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
698 #endif | |
699 { | |
700 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
701 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
702 count = 0; | |
703 else | |
704 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
705 | |
706 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
707 { | |
708 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
709 if (first_changed == 0) | |
710 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
711 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
712 } | |
713 } | |
714 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 715 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
7 | 716 } |
717 | |
718 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
719 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
720 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
721 | |
722 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
723 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
724 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
725 if (last_changed != 0) | |
726 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
727 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
728 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
729 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
730 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
731 | |
732 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
733 { | |
734 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
735 if (i == 1) | |
736 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
737 else | |
738 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
739 } | |
740 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
741 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
742 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
743 } | |
744 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
745 | |
746 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
747 /* | |
748 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
749 */ | |
750 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
751 | |
752 /* | |
753 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
754 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
755 */ | |
756 int | |
757 get_expr_register() | |
758 { | |
759 char_u *new_line; | |
760 | |
761 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
762 if (new_line == NULL) | |
763 return NUL; | |
764 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
765 vim_free(new_line); | |
766 else | |
767 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
768 return '='; | |
769 } | |
770 | |
771 /* | |
772 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
773 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
774 */ | |
775 void | |
776 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
777 char_u *new_line; | |
778 { | |
779 vim_free(expr_line); | |
780 expr_line = new_line; | |
781 } | |
782 | |
783 /* | |
784 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
785 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
786 */ | |
787 char_u * | |
788 get_expr_line() | |
789 { | |
790 char_u *expr_copy; | |
791 char_u *rv; | |
994 | 792 static int nested = 0; |
7 | 793 |
794 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
795 return NULL; | |
796 | |
797 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
798 * changed. */ | |
799 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
800 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
801 return NULL; | |
802 | |
994 | 803 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
804 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
805 if (nested >= 10) | |
806 return expr_copy; | |
807 | |
808 ++nested; | |
714 | 809 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
994 | 810 --nested; |
7 | 811 vim_free(expr_copy); |
812 return rv; | |
813 } | |
283 | 814 |
815 /* | |
816 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
817 */ | |
818 char_u * | |
819 get_expr_line_src() | |
820 { | |
821 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
822 return NULL; | |
823 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
824 } | |
7 | 825 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
826 | |
827 /* | |
828 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
829 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
830 */ | |
831 int | |
832 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
833 int regname; | |
834 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
835 { | |
836 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
837 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
838 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
839 "/.%#:=" | |
840 #else | |
841 "/.%#:" | |
842 #endif | |
843 , regname) != NULL) | |
844 || regname == '"' | |
845 || regname == '-' | |
846 || regname == '_' | |
847 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
848 || regname == '*' | |
849 || regname == '+' | |
850 #endif | |
851 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
852 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
853 #endif | |
854 ) | |
855 return TRUE; | |
856 return FALSE; | |
857 } | |
858 | |
859 /* | |
860 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
861 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
140 | 862 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
7 | 863 * |
864 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
865 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
866 */ | |
15 | 867 void |
7 | 868 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
869 int regname; | |
870 int writing; | |
871 { | |
872 int i; | |
873 | |
874 y_append = FALSE; | |
875 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
876 { | |
877 y_current = y_previous; | |
878 return; | |
879 } | |
880 i = regname; | |
881 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
882 i -= '0'; | |
883 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
884 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
885 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
886 { | |
887 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
888 y_append = TRUE; | |
889 } | |
890 else if (regname == '-') | |
891 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
892 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
893 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
894 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
895 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
896 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
897 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
898 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
899 #endif | |
900 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
901 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
902 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
903 #endif | |
904 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
905 i = 0; | |
906 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
907 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
908 y_previous = y_current; | |
909 } | |
910 | |
15 | 911 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 912 /* |
913 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
914 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
915 */ | |
15 | 916 int |
7 | 917 may_get_selection(regname) |
918 int regname; | |
919 { | |
920 if (regname == '*') | |
921 { | |
922 if (!clip_star.available) | |
923 regname = 0; | |
924 else | |
925 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
926 } | |
927 else if (regname == '+') | |
928 { | |
929 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
930 regname = 0; | |
931 else | |
932 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
933 } | |
934 return regname; | |
935 } | |
936 #endif | |
937 | |
938 /* | |
939 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
940 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
941 */ | |
942 void * | |
943 get_register(name, copy) | |
944 int name; | |
945 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
946 { | |
1451 | 947 struct yankreg *reg; |
948 int i; | |
7 | 949 |
950 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
951 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
952 * selection too. */ | |
1435 | 953 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
7 | 954 { |
3674 | 955 if (clip_isautosel_star()) |
956 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
957 may_get_selection(name); | |
958 } | |
959 if (name == '+' && clip_plus.available) | |
960 { | |
961 if (clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
962 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 963 may_get_selection(name); |
964 } | |
965 #endif | |
966 | |
967 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
968 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
969 if (reg != NULL) | |
970 { | |
971 *reg = *y_current; | |
972 if (copy) | |
973 { | |
974 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
975 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
976 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
977 else | |
978 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
979 * reg->y_size)); | |
980 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
981 { | |
982 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
983 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
984 } | |
985 } | |
986 else | |
987 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
988 } | |
989 return (void *)reg; | |
990 } | |
991 | |
992 /* | |
1451 | 993 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
7 | 994 */ |
995 void | |
996 put_register(name, reg) | |
997 int name; | |
998 void *reg; | |
999 { | |
1000 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
1001 free_yank_all(); | |
1002 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1451 | 1003 vim_free(reg); |
7 | 1004 |
5735 | 1005 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
7 | 1006 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ |
1007 may_set_selection(); | |
5735 | 1008 #endif |
7 | 1009 } |
4209 | 1010 |
1011 void | |
1012 free_register(reg) | |
1013 void *reg; | |
1014 { | |
1015 struct yankreg tmp; | |
1016 | |
1017 tmp = *y_current; | |
1018 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1019 free_yank_all(); | |
1020 vim_free(reg); | |
1021 *y_current = tmp; | |
1022 } | |
7 | 1023 |
1024 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1025 /* | |
1026 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
1027 */ | |
1028 int | |
1029 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
1030 int regname; | |
1031 { | |
1032 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1033 return FALSE; | |
1034 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
1035 return FALSE; | |
1036 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1037 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
1038 } | |
1039 #endif | |
1040 | |
1041 /* | |
1157 | 1042 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
7 | 1043 * |
1157 | 1044 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1045 */ |
1046 int | |
1047 do_record(c) | |
1048 int c; | |
1049 { | |
1157 | 1050 char_u *p; |
1051 static int regname; | |
1052 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
1053 int retval; | |
7 | 1054 |
1055 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
1056 { | |
1057 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
1058 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
1059 retval = FAIL; | |
1060 else | |
1061 { | |
1062 Recording = TRUE; | |
1063 showmode(); | |
1064 regname = c; | |
1065 retval = OK; | |
1066 } | |
1067 } | |
1068 else /* stop recording */ | |
1069 { | |
1070 /* | |
1157 | 1071 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
1072 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
1073 * adds the escaping back later. | |
7 | 1074 */ |
1075 Recording = FALSE; | |
1076 MSG(""); | |
1077 p = get_recorded(); | |
1078 if (p == NULL) | |
1079 retval = FAIL; | |
1080 else | |
1081 { | |
1081 | 1082 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
1083 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
1084 | |
7 | 1085 /* |
1086 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
1087 * restore the current register name. | |
1088 */ | |
1089 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
1090 old_y_current = y_current; | |
1091 | |
1092 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
1093 | |
1094 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
1095 y_current = old_y_current; | |
1096 } | |
1097 } | |
1098 return retval; | |
1099 } | |
1100 | |
1101 /* | |
1102 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
1103 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
1104 * | |
1105 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1106 */ | |
1107 static int | |
1108 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
1109 int regname; | |
1110 char_u *p; | |
1111 { | |
1112 char_u *lp; | |
1113 char_u **pp; | |
1114 | |
1115 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1116 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
1117 { | |
1118 vim_free(p); | |
1119 return FAIL; | |
1120 } | |
1121 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
1122 { | |
1123 vim_free(p); | |
1124 return OK; | |
1125 } | |
1126 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
1127 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
1128 { | |
1129 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
1130 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
1131 if (lp == NULL) | |
1132 { | |
1133 vim_free(p); | |
1134 return FAIL; | |
1135 } | |
1136 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
1137 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
1138 vim_free(p); | |
1139 vim_free(*pp); | |
1140 *pp = lp; | |
1141 } | |
1142 else | |
1143 { | |
1144 free_yank_all(); | |
1145 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
1146 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
1147 { | |
1148 vim_free(p); | |
1149 return FAIL; | |
1150 } | |
1151 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
1152 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
1153 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
1154 } | |
1155 return OK; | |
1156 } | |
1157 | |
1893 | 1158 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
1159 | |
7 | 1160 /* |
1161 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
1162 * | |
1163 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1164 */ | |
1165 int | |
1034 | 1166 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
7 | 1167 int regname; |
1168 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
1169 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
1034 | 1170 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
7 | 1171 { |
1172 long i; | |
1173 char_u *p; | |
1174 int retval = OK; | |
1175 int remap; | |
1176 | |
1177 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
168 | 1178 { |
1893 | 1179 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
168 | 1180 { |
1181 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
1182 return FAIL; | |
1183 } | |
1893 | 1184 regname = execreg_lastc; |
168 | 1185 } |
7 | 1186 /* check for valid regname */ |
1187 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
168 | 1188 { |
1189 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
7 | 1190 return FAIL; |
168 | 1191 } |
1893 | 1192 execreg_lastc = regname; |
7 | 1193 |
1194 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1195 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1196 #endif | |
1197 | |
1198 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
1199 return OK; | |
1200 | |
1201 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
1202 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
1203 { | |
1204 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
1205 { | |
1206 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1207 return FAIL; | |
1208 } | |
1209 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
1210 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
16 | 1211 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
1212 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
20 | 1213 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
16 | 1214 if (p != NULL) |
480 | 1215 { |
1216 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
1217 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
1218 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
1077 | 1219 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1220 else |
1077 | 1221 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1222 } |
16 | 1223 vim_free(p); |
7 | 1224 } |
1225 #endif | |
1226 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1227 else if (regname == '=') | |
1228 { | |
1229 p = get_expr_line(); | |
1230 if (p == NULL) | |
1231 return FAIL; | |
1077 | 1232 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1233 vim_free(p); |
1234 } | |
1235 #endif | |
1236 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
1237 { | |
1238 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1239 if (p == NULL) | |
1240 { | |
1241 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1242 return FAIL; | |
1243 } | |
1077 | 1244 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1245 vim_free(p); |
1246 } | |
1247 else | |
1248 { | |
1249 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1250 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1251 return FAIL; | |
1252 | |
1253 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
1254 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
1255 | |
1256 /* | |
1257 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
1258 */ | |
1034 | 1259 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1260 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
1261 { | |
1077 | 1262 char_u *escaped; |
1263 | |
7 | 1264 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
1265 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1266 || addcr) | |
1267 { | |
1034 | 1268 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
7 | 1269 return FAIL; |
1270 } | |
1077 | 1271 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
1272 if (escaped == NULL) | |
1273 return FAIL; | |
1274 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
1275 vim_free(escaped); | |
1276 if (retval == FAIL) | |
7 | 1277 return FAIL; |
1034 | 1278 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
7 | 1279 == FAIL) |
1280 return FAIL; | |
1281 } | |
1282 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
1283 } | |
1284 return retval; | |
1285 } | |
1286 | |
1287 /* | |
1288 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
1289 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
1290 */ | |
1291 static void | |
1034 | 1292 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
1293 int silent; | |
7 | 1294 { |
1295 char_u buf[3]; | |
1296 | |
1297 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
1298 { | |
1299 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
1300 { | |
1301 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
1302 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
1303 buf[2] = NUL; | |
1304 } | |
1305 else | |
1306 { | |
1307 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
1308 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1309 } | |
1034 | 1310 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
7 | 1311 restart_edit = NUL; |
1312 } | |
1313 } | |
1314 | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1315 /* |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1316 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1317 * executed again. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1318 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1319 * no remapping. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1320 */ |
7 | 1321 static int |
1077 | 1322 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
7 | 1323 char_u *s; |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1324 int esc; |
7 | 1325 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
1034 | 1326 int silent; |
7 | 1327 { |
1328 int retval = OK; | |
1329 | |
1034 | 1330 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1331 if (colon) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1332 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1333 if (retval == OK) |
1077 | 1334 { |
1335 char_u *p; | |
1336 | |
1337 if (esc) | |
1338 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
1339 else | |
1340 p = s; | |
1341 if (p == NULL) | |
1342 retval = FAIL; | |
1343 else | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1344 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1345 0, TRUE, silent); |
1077 | 1346 if (esc) |
1347 vim_free(p); | |
1348 } | |
7 | 1349 if (colon && retval == OK) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1350 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1351 return retval; |
1352 } | |
1353 | |
1354 /* | |
1355 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
1356 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
1357 * | |
1358 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1359 */ | |
1360 int | |
1361 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
1362 int regname; | |
1363 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
1364 { | |
1365 long i; | |
1366 int retval = OK; | |
1367 char_u *arg; | |
1368 int allocated; | |
1369 | |
1370 /* | |
1371 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
1372 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
1373 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
1374 */ | |
1375 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1376 if (got_int) | |
1377 return FAIL; | |
1378 | |
1379 /* check for valid regname */ | |
1380 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1381 return FAIL; | |
1382 | |
1383 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1384 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1385 #endif | |
1386 | |
1387 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
1388 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
1389 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
1390 { | |
1391 if (arg == NULL) | |
1392 return FAIL; | |
1393 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
1394 if (allocated) | |
1395 vim_free(arg); | |
1396 } | |
1397 else /* name or number register */ | |
1398 { | |
1399 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1400 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1401 retval = FAIL; | |
1402 else | |
1403 { | |
1404 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1405 { | |
1406 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1407 /* | |
1408 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
1409 * y_type is MLINE. | |
1410 */ | |
1411 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
1412 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
1413 } | |
1414 } | |
1415 } | |
1416 | |
1417 return retval; | |
1418 } | |
1419 | |
1420 /* | |
1421 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
1422 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
1423 */ | |
1424 static void | |
1425 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
1426 char_u *arg; | |
1427 int literally; | |
1428 { | |
1429 int c; | |
1430 char_u *start; | |
1431 | |
1432 while (*arg != NUL) | |
1433 { | |
1434 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
1435 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
1436 * is TRUE. */ | |
1437 start = arg; | |
1438 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
1439 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
1440 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
1441 #endif | |
1442 ) | |
1443 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
1444 ++arg; | |
1445 if (arg > start) | |
1446 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
1447 | |
1448 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
1449 if (*arg != NUL) | |
1450 { | |
1451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1452 if (has_mbyte) | |
2446
348f64c129df
Fixed: CTRL-R in Insert mode doesn't insert composing characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1453 c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&arg); |
7 | 1454 else |
1455 #endif | |
1456 c = *arg++; | |
1457 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
1458 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
1459 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
1460 } | |
1461 } | |
1462 } | |
1463 | |
1464 /* | |
1157 | 1465 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
1466 * value in "argp". | |
7 | 1467 */ |
15 | 1468 int |
7 | 1469 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
1470 int regname; | |
1471 char_u **argp; | |
1157 | 1472 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
7 | 1473 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
1474 { | |
1475 int cnt; | |
1476 | |
1477 *argp = NULL; | |
1478 *allocated = FALSE; | |
1479 switch (regname) | |
1480 { | |
1481 case '%': /* file name */ | |
1482 if (errmsg) | |
1483 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
1484 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
1485 return TRUE; | |
1486 | |
1487 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
1488 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
1489 return TRUE; | |
1490 | |
1491 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1492 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
1493 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
1494 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1495 return TRUE; | |
1496 #endif | |
1497 | |
1498 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
1499 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
1500 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1501 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
1502 return TRUE; | |
1503 | |
1504 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
1505 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
1506 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
1507 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
1508 return TRUE; | |
1509 | |
1510 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
1511 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1512 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1513 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
1514 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1515 return TRUE; | |
1516 | |
1517 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
1518 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
1519 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
1520 if (!errmsg) | |
1521 return FALSE; | |
1522 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
681 | 1523 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
7 | 1524 *allocated = TRUE; |
1525 return TRUE; | |
1526 #endif | |
1527 | |
1528 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
1529 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
1530 if (!errmsg) | |
1531 return FALSE; | |
1532 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
1533 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
1534 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
1535 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1536 return TRUE; | |
1537 | |
1538 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
1539 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
1540 return TRUE; | |
1541 } | |
1542 | |
1543 return FALSE; | |
1544 } | |
1545 | |
1546 /* | |
15 | 1547 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
1548 * Only for non-special registers. | |
1549 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
7 | 1550 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
1551 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
1552 * | |
1553 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1554 */ | |
1555 int | |
1015 | 1556 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
7 | 1557 int regname; |
1558 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
1015 | 1559 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
7 | 1560 { |
1561 long i; | |
1562 | |
1563 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1564 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1565 return FAIL; | |
1566 | |
1567 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1568 { | |
1569 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1570 | |
1015 | 1571 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
1572 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
1573 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
1574 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1575 && !(remcr | |
1576 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
1577 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
7 | 1578 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
1579 | |
1580 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
1581 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
1582 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1583 if (got_int) | |
1584 return FAIL; | |
1585 } | |
1586 return OK; | |
1587 } | |
1588 | |
1589 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
1590 /* | |
1591 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
1592 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
1593 */ | |
1594 void | |
1595 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
1596 int *rp; | |
1597 { | |
2654 | 1598 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" or "unnamedplus" is in 'clipboard', |
1599 * use '*' or '+' reg, respectively. "unnamedplus" prevails. */ | |
1600 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed != 0) | |
1601 *rp = ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && clip_plus.available) | |
1602 ? '+' : '*'; | |
7 | 1603 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') |
1604 *rp = 0; | |
1605 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
1606 *rp = 0; | |
1607 } | |
1608 #endif | |
1609 | |
1610 /* | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1611 * Handle a delete operation. |
7 | 1612 * |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1613 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1614 */ |
1615 int | |
1616 op_delete(oap) | |
1617 oparg_T *oap; | |
1618 { | |
1619 int n; | |
1620 linenr_T lnum; | |
1621 char_u *ptr; | |
1622 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
1623 struct block_def bd; | |
1624 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1625 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
3782 | 1626 int orig_regname = oap->regname; |
7 | 1627 |
1628 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
1629 return OK; | |
1630 | |
1631 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
1632 if (oap->empty) | |
1633 return u_save_cursor(); | |
1634 | |
1635 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
1636 { | |
1637 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
1638 return FAIL; | |
1639 } | |
1640 | |
1641 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1642 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
1643 #endif | |
1644 | |
1645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1646 if (has_mbyte) | |
1647 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
1648 #endif | |
1649 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1650 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1651 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1652 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1653 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1654 */ |
7 | 1655 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1656 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
50 | 1657 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 1658 && oap->line_count > 1 |
3254 | 1659 && oap->motion_force == NUL |
7 | 1660 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) |
1661 { | |
2957 | 1662 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col; |
1663 if (*ptr != NUL) | |
1664 ptr += oap->inclusive; | |
7 | 1665 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); |
1666 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
1667 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
1668 } | |
1669 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1670 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1671 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1672 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1673 */ |
7 | 1674 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1675 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
1676 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
1677 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
1678 { | |
1679 /* | |
446 | 1680 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
7 | 1681 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
1682 */ | |
446 | 1683 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1684 if (virtual_op) | |
1685 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
1686 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
1687 goto setmarks; | |
1688 #endif | |
7 | 1689 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
1690 beep_flush(); | |
1691 return OK; | |
1692 } | |
1693 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1694 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1695 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1696 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1697 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1698 */ |
7 | 1699 if (oap->regname != '_') |
1700 { | |
1701 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
1702 { | |
1703 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1704 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
1705 { | |
1706 beep_flush(); | |
1707 return OK; | |
1708 } | |
1709 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
1710 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
1711 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1712 } | |
1713 | |
1714 /* | |
1715 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
1716 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
3782 | 1717 * Use the register name from before adjust_clip_reg() may have |
1718 * changed it. | |
7 | 1719 */ |
3782 | 1720 if (orig_regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE |
7 | 1721 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) |
1722 { | |
1723 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
1724 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
1725 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
1726 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
1727 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
1728 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
1729 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1730 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1731 } | |
1732 | |
3468 | 1733 /* Yank into small delete register when no named register specified |
1734 * and the delete is within one line. */ | |
1735 if (( | |
1736 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3584 | 1737 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED) && oap->regname == '*') || |
1738 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && oap->regname == '+') || | |
3468 | 1739 #endif |
1740 oap->regname == 0) && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
7 | 1741 && oap->line_count == 1) |
1742 { | |
1743 oap->regname = '-'; | |
1744 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
1745 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1746 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1747 oap->regname = 0; | |
1748 } | |
1749 | |
1750 /* | |
1751 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
1752 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
1753 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
1754 * want. | |
1755 */ | |
1756 if (!did_yank) | |
1757 { | |
1758 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
1759 | |
1760 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
1761 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
1762 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
1763 if (n != 'y') | |
1764 { | |
1765 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
1766 return FAIL; | |
1767 } | |
1768 } | |
1769 } | |
1770 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1771 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1772 * block mode delete |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1773 */ |
7 | 1774 if (oap->block_mode) |
1775 { | |
1776 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
1777 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1778 return FAIL; | |
1779 | |
1780 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
1781 { | |
1782 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
1783 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
1784 continue; | |
1785 | |
1786 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
1787 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1788 { | |
1789 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
1790 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1791 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1792 # endif | |
1793 } | |
1794 | |
1795 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
1796 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
1797 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
1798 */ | |
1799 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
1800 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1801 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
1802 if (newp == NULL) | |
1803 continue; | |
1804 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
1805 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
1806 /* insert spaces */ | |
1807 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
1808 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
1809 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
1810 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
1622 | 1811 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
7 | 1812 /* replace the line */ |
1813 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
1814 } | |
1815 | |
1816 check_cursor_col(); | |
1817 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1818 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
1819 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
1820 } | |
5735 | 1821 else if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) |
7 | 1822 { |
1823 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
1824 { | |
1825 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
1826 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
1827 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
1828 */ | |
1829 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1830 { | |
1831 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1832 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1833 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
1834 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1835 } | |
1836 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
1837 return FAIL; | |
1838 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
1839 { | |
1840 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
1841 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
1842 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1843 } | |
1844 else | |
1845 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
1846 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
1847 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
1848 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1849 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
1850 } | |
1851 else | |
1852 { | |
1853 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
1854 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
1855 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
1856 } | |
1857 } | |
1858 else | |
1859 { | |
1860 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1861 if (virtual_op) | |
1862 { | |
1863 int endcol = 0; | |
1864 | |
1865 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
1866 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
1867 { | |
1868 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
1869 return FAIL; | |
1870 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1871 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
1872 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
1873 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1874 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1875 { | |
1876 coladvance(endcol); | |
1877 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1878 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1879 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1880 } | |
1881 } | |
1882 | |
1883 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
1884 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
1885 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
1886 { | |
1887 /* save last line for undo */ | |
1888 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
1889 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1890 return FAIL; | |
1891 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
1892 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
1893 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1894 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1895 } | |
1896 } | |
1897 #endif | |
1898 | |
1899 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
1900 { | |
1901 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
1902 return FAIL; | |
1903 | |
1904 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
5735 | 1905 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL |
7 | 1906 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE |
1907 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
5735 | 1908 && !oap->is_VIsual) |
7 | 1909 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); |
1910 | |
1911 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
1912 | |
1913 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1914 if (virtual_op) | |
1915 { | |
1916 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
1917 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
1918 */ | |
1919 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
1920 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
1921 | |
1922 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
1923 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
1924 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
1925 n++; | |
1926 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
1927 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
1928 n = 1; | |
1929 | |
1930 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
1931 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
1932 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1933 } | |
1934 #endif | |
3093 | 1935 if (oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
1936 && oap->inclusive | |
1937 && oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
2957 | 1938 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1939 { | |
1940 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1941 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1942 } | |
1943 else | |
1944 { | |
5735 | 1945 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, |
1946 oap->op_type == OP_DELETE && !oap->is_VIsual); | |
2957 | 1947 } |
7 | 1948 } |
1949 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
1950 { | |
1951 pos_T curpos; | |
3372 | 1952 int delete_last_line; |
7 | 1953 |
1954 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
1955 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
1956 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
1957 return FAIL; | |
1958 | |
3372 | 1959 delete_last_line = (oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count); |
7 | 1960 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ |
1961 | |
1962 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
1963 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1964 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
1965 | |
3400 | 1966 if (delete_last_line) |
1967 oap->end.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1968 | |
2957 | 1969 n = (oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive); |
3372 | 1970 if (oap->inclusive && delete_last_line |
2957 | 1971 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1972 { | |
1973 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1974 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1975 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3252 | 1976 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
1977 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2957 | 1978 } |
1979 else | |
1980 { | |
1981 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
1982 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5735 | 1983 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, |
1984 oap->op_type == OP_DELETE && !oap->is_VIsual); | |
2957 | 1985 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
1986 } | |
1987 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
5848 | 1988 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 1989 } |
1990 } | |
1991 | |
1992 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
1993 | |
446 | 1994 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1995 setmarks: | |
1996 #endif | |
7 | 1997 if (oap->block_mode) |
1998 { | |
1999 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2000 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
2001 } | |
2002 else | |
2003 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
2004 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2005 | |
2006 return OK; | |
2007 } | |
2008 | |
2009 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2010 /* | |
2011 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
2012 * Used for deletion. | |
2013 */ | |
2014 static void | |
2015 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
2016 oparg_T *oap; | |
2017 { | |
2018 char_u *p; | |
2019 | |
2020 if (oap->inclusive) | |
2021 { | |
2022 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
2023 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
2024 } | |
2025 } | |
2026 #endif | |
2027 | |
2028 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2029 /* | |
2030 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
2031 */ | |
2032 int | |
2033 op_replace(oap, c) | |
2034 oparg_T *oap; | |
2035 int c; | |
2036 { | |
2037 int n, numc; | |
2038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2039 int num_chars; | |
2040 #endif | |
2041 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
2042 size_t oldlen; | |
2043 struct block_def bd; | |
5428 | 2044 char_u *after_p = NULL; |
2045 int had_ctrl_v_cr = (c == -1 || c == -2); | |
7 | 2046 |
2047 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
2048 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
2049 | |
5428 | 2050 if (had_ctrl_v_cr) |
2051 c = (c == -1 ? '\r' : '\n'); | |
2052 | |
7 | 2053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2054 if (has_mbyte) | |
2055 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
2056 #endif | |
2057 | |
2058 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2059 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2060 return FAIL; | |
2061 | |
2062 /* | |
2063 * block mode replace | |
2064 */ | |
2065 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2066 { | |
2067 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2068 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2069 { | |
1982 | 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
7 | 2071 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
2072 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2073 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
2074 | |
2075 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
2076 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
2077 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
2078 */ | |
2079 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2080 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
2081 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2082 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
2083 { | |
2084 pos_T vpos; | |
2085 | |
1982 | 2086 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2087 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2088 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
2089 n = bd.startspaces; | |
2090 } | |
2091 else | |
2092 #endif | |
2093 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
2094 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
2095 | |
2096 /* allow for post spp */ | |
2097 n += (bd.endspaces | |
2098 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2099 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
2100 #endif | |
2101 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
2102 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
2103 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
2104 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2105 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
2106 | |
2107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2108 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
2109 * times. */ | |
2110 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
2111 { | |
2112 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
2113 { | |
2114 ++bd.endspaces; | |
2115 ++n; | |
2116 } | |
2117 numc = numc / 2; | |
2118 } | |
2119 | |
2120 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
2121 num_chars = numc; | |
2122 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
2123 #endif | |
2124 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
2125 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
2126 | |
2127 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
2128 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
2129 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
2130 if (newp == NULL) | |
2131 continue; | |
2132 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
2133 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
2134 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2135 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
2136 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
2137 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
2138 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
5428 | 2139 /* -1/-2 is used for entering CR literally. */ |
2140 if (had_ctrl_v_cr || (c != '\r' && c != '\n')) | |
7 | 2141 { |
5428 | 2142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2143 if (has_mbyte) | |
2144 { | |
2145 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); | |
2146 while (--num_chars >= 0) | |
2147 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
2148 } | |
2149 else | |
2150 #endif | |
2151 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
2152 if (!bd.is_short) | |
2153 { | |
2154 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
2155 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
2156 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
2157 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); | |
2158 } | |
7 | 2159 } |
2160 else | |
2161 { | |
5428 | 2162 /* Replacing with \r or \n means splitting the line. */ |
5475 | 2163 after_p = alloc_check( |
2164 (unsigned)(oldlen + 1 + n - STRLEN(newp))); | |
5428 | 2165 if (after_p != NULL) |
2166 STRMOVE(after_p, oldp); | |
7 | 2167 } |
2168 /* replace the line */ | |
2169 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
5428 | 2170 if (after_p != NULL) |
2171 { | |
2172 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, after_p, 0, FALSE); | |
2173 appended_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
2174 oap->end.lnum++; | |
2175 vim_free(after_p); | |
2176 } | |
7 | 2177 } |
2178 } | |
2179 else | |
2180 { | |
2181 /* | |
2182 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
2183 */ | |
2184 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2185 { | |
2186 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2187 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2188 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2189 if (oap->end.col) | |
2190 --oap->end.col; | |
2191 } | |
2192 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2193 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2194 | |
2195 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
2196 { | |
2197 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
2198 if (n != NUL) | |
2199 { | |
2200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2201 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
2202 { | |
2203 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
2204 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
4203 | 2205 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2206 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
7 | 2207 n = State; |
2208 State = REPLACE; | |
2209 ins_char(c); | |
2210 State = n; | |
2211 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
2212 dec_cursor(); | |
2213 } | |
2214 else | |
2215 #endif | |
2216 { | |
2217 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2218 if (n == TAB) | |
2219 { | |
2220 int end_vcol = 0; | |
2221 | |
2222 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2223 { | |
2224 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
2225 * the tab breaks */ | |
2226 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
2227 oap->end.coladd); | |
2228 } | |
2229 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2230 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2231 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
2232 } | |
2233 #endif | |
2234 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2235 } | |
2236 } | |
2237 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2238 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2239 { | |
2240 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
2241 | |
2242 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
2243 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
2244 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
2245 | |
2246 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
2247 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
2248 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
2249 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
2250 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
2251 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
2252 { | |
2253 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2254 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
2255 break; | |
2256 } | |
2257 } | |
2258 #endif | |
2259 | |
2260 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
2261 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
2262 break; | |
2263 } | |
2264 } | |
2265 | |
2266 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
2267 check_cursor(); | |
2268 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2269 | |
2270 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
2271 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2272 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2273 | |
2274 return OK; | |
2275 } | |
2276 #endif | |
2277 | |
1525 | 2278 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
2279 | |
7 | 2280 /* |
2281 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
2282 */ | |
2283 void | |
2284 op_tilde(oap) | |
2285 oparg_T *oap; | |
2286 { | |
2287 pos_T pos; | |
2288 struct block_def bd; | |
1528 | 2289 int did_change = FALSE; |
7 | 2290 |
2291 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2292 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2293 return; | |
2294 | |
2295 pos = oap->start; | |
2296 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
2297 { | |
2298 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
2299 { | |
1766 | 2300 int one_change; |
2301 | |
7 | 2302 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
2303 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
1766 | 2304 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
2305 did_change |= one_change; | |
1525 | 2306 |
5735 | 2307 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 2308 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
7 | 2309 { |
2310 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2311 | |
33 | 2312 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2313 (long)bd.textlen); | |
7 | 2314 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2210 | 2315 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
7 | 2316 } |
5735 | 2317 #endif |
7 | 2318 } |
2319 if (did_change) | |
2320 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2321 } | |
2322 else /* not block mode */ | |
2323 { | |
2324 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2325 { | |
2326 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2327 pos.col = 0; | |
2328 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2329 if (oap->end.col) | |
2330 --oap->end.col; | |
2331 } | |
2332 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2333 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2334 | |
1528 | 2335 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2336 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2337 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
2338 else | |
2339 for (;;) | |
2340 { | |
2341 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2342 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
2343 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
2344 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
2345 break; | |
2346 } | |
7 | 2347 if (did_change) |
2348 { | |
2349 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
2350 0L); | |
2351 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2352 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
7 | 2353 { |
2354 char_u *ptr; | |
2355 int count; | |
2356 | |
2357 pos = oap->start; | |
2358 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
2359 { | |
2360 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
835 | 2361 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
33 | 2362 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2363 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2364 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2365 pos.col = 0; |
2366 pos.lnum++; | |
2367 } | |
2368 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2369 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
33 | 2370 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2371 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2372 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2373 } |
2374 #endif | |
2375 } | |
2376 } | |
2377 | |
2378 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
2379 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
2380 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
2381 | |
2382 /* | |
2383 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
2384 */ | |
2385 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2386 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2387 | |
2388 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
2389 { | |
2390 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
2391 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
2392 else | |
2393 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
2394 } | |
2395 } | |
2396 | |
2397 /* | |
1525 | 2398 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
2399 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
2400 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
2401 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
2402 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
2403 */ | |
2404 static int | |
2405 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
2406 int op_type; | |
2407 pos_T *pos; | |
2408 int length; | |
2409 { | |
2410 int todo; | |
2411 int did_change = 0; | |
2412 | |
2413 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
2414 { | |
2415 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2416 if (has_mbyte) | |
5288
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2417 { |
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2418 int len = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)); |
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
1525 | 2420 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ |
5288
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2421 if (len > 0) |
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2422 todo -= len - 1; |
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2423 } |
1525 | 2424 # endif |
2425 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
2426 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
2427 break; | |
2428 } | |
2429 return did_change; | |
2430 } | |
2431 | |
2432 /* | |
7 | 2433 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
2434 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
2435 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
2436 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
2437 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
2438 */ | |
2439 int | |
2440 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
2441 int op_type; | |
2442 pos_T *pos; | |
2443 { | |
2444 int c; | |
2445 int nc; | |
2446 | |
2447 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
2448 | |
2449 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
2450 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2451 return FALSE; | |
2452 | |
2453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1525 | 2454 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
2455 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
493 | 2456 { |
2457 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2458 | |
2459 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
2460 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2461 del_char(FALSE); | |
2462 ins_char('S'); | |
2463 ins_char('S'); | |
2464 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2465 inc(pos); | |
2466 } | |
2467 | |
7 | 2468 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
2469 return FALSE; | |
2470 #endif | |
2471 nc = c; | |
2472 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2473 { | |
2474 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2475 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
2476 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
2477 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
2478 } | |
2479 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2480 { | |
2481 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2482 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
2483 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
2484 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
2485 } | |
2486 if (nc != c) | |
2487 { | |
2488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2489 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
2490 { | |
2491 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2492 | |
2493 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2451
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2494 /* don't use del_char(), it also removes composing chars */ |
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2495 del_bytes(utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()), FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2496 ins_char(nc); |
2497 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2498 } | |
2499 else | |
2500 #endif | |
2501 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
2502 return TRUE; | |
2503 } | |
2504 return FALSE; | |
2505 } | |
2506 | |
2507 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2508 /* | |
2509 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
2510 */ | |
2511 void | |
2512 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
2513 oparg_T *oap; | |
2514 long count1; | |
2515 { | |
2516 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
2517 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
2518 struct block_def bd; | |
2519 int i; | |
2520 | |
2521 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
2522 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2523 | |
2524 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
2525 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2526 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
2527 | |
2528 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2529 { | |
2530 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2531 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
2532 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
2533 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
2534 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
2535 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2536 { | |
2537 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
2538 | |
2539 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
2540 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2541 return; | |
2542 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
2543 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
2544 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2545 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2546 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
2547 } | |
2548 #endif | |
2549 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
2550 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2551 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2552 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2553 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2554 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2555 } | |
2556 | |
2557 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2558 { | |
2559 if (oap->block_mode | |
2560 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2561 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
2562 #endif | |
2563 ) | |
2564 { | |
2565 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
2566 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
2567 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
2568 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
2569 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2570 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
2571 { | |
2572 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
2573 * values in "bd". */ | |
2574 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2575 return; | |
2576 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
2577 ins_char(' '); | |
2578 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
2579 } | |
2580 } | |
2581 else | |
2582 { | |
2583 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
893 | 2584 check_cursor_col(); |
7 | 2585 |
2586 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
2587 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2588 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
2589 inc_cursor(); | |
2590 } | |
2591 } | |
2592 | |
2593 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
2594 | |
1477 | 2595 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
2596 * nothing. | |
2597 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
2598 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
7 | 2599 return; |
2600 | |
2601 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2602 { | |
2603 struct block_def bd2; | |
2604 | |
5471 | 2605 /* The user may have moved the cursor before inserting something, try |
2606 * to adjust the block for that. */ | |
5680 | 2607 if (oap->start.lnum == curbuf->b_op_start_orig.lnum && !bd.is_MAX) |
5471 | 2608 { |
2609 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT | |
5730 | 2610 && oap->start.col |
2611 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2612 + oap->start.coladd | |
2613 #endif | |
2614 != curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col | |
2615 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2616 + curbuf->b_op_start_orig.coladd | |
2617 #endif | |
2618 ) | |
5471 | 2619 { |
5680 | 2620 oap->start.col = curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col; |
5471 | 2621 pre_textlen -= getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd) |
2622 - oap->start_vcol; | |
2623 oap->start_vcol = getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd); | |
2624 } | |
2625 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
5730 | 2626 && oap->end.col |
2627 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2628 + oap->end.coladd | |
2629 #endif | |
2630 >= curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col | |
2631 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2632 + curbuf->b_op_start_orig.coladd | |
2633 #endif | |
2634 ) | |
5471 | 2635 { |
5680 | 2636 oap->start.col = curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col; |
5471 | 2637 /* reset pre_textlen to the value of OP_INSERT */ |
2638 pre_textlen += bd.textlen; | |
2639 pre_textlen -= getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd) | |
2640 - oap->start_vcol; | |
2641 oap->start_vcol = getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd); | |
2642 oap->op_type = OP_INSERT; | |
2643 } | |
2644 } | |
2645 | |
7 | 2646 /* |
2647 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
1392 | 2648 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
7 | 2649 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
2650 */ | |
2651 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2652 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
2653 { | |
2654 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2655 { | |
2656 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
2657 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
2658 --bd2.textlen; | |
2659 } | |
2660 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
2661 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
2662 } | |
2663 | |
2664 /* | |
2665 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2666 * copy of the required string. | |
2667 */ | |
2668 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2669 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2670 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
3421 | 2671 if (pre_textlen >= 0 |
2672 && (ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
7 | 2673 { |
2674 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
2675 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
2676 { | |
2677 /* block handled here */ | |
2678 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
2679 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
2680 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
2681 &bd); | |
2682 | |
2683 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
2684 check_cursor(); | |
2685 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2686 } | |
2687 } | |
2688 } | |
2689 } | |
2690 #endif | |
2691 | |
2692 /* | |
2693 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
2694 * | |
2695 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
2696 */ | |
2697 int | |
2698 op_change(oap) | |
2699 oparg_T *oap; | |
2700 { | |
2701 colnr_T l; | |
2702 int retval; | |
2703 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2704 long offset; | |
2705 linenr_T linenr; | |
1392 | 2706 long ins_len; |
2707 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
2708 long pre_indent = 0; | |
7 | 2709 char_u *firstline; |
2710 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
2711 struct block_def bd; | |
2712 #endif | |
2713 | |
2714 l = oap->start.col; | |
2715 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2716 { | |
2717 l = 0; | |
2718 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
2719 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
2720 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2721 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
2722 # endif | |
2723 ) | |
2724 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
2725 #endif | |
2726 } | |
2727 | |
2728 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
2729 * save for undo */ | |
2730 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
2731 { | |
2732 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2733 return FALSE; | |
2734 } | |
2735 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
2736 return FALSE; | |
2737 | |
2738 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2739 && !virtual_op) | |
2740 inc_cursor(); | |
2741 | |
2742 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2743 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
2744 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
2745 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2746 { | |
2747 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2748 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
2749 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
2750 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
2751 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2752 # endif | |
1392 | 2753 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
2754 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2755 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
7 | 2756 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2757 } | |
2758 #endif | |
2759 | |
2760 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
2761 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2762 fix_indent(); | |
2763 #endif | |
2764 | |
2765 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
2766 | |
2767 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2768 /* | |
39 | 2769 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
7 | 2770 * block. |
1477 | 2771 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
7 | 2772 */ |
1477 | 2773 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
7 | 2774 { |
1392 | 2775 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
2776 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2777 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
1403 | 2778 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
7 | 2779 { |
1392 | 2780 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
2781 | |
2782 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2783 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2784 } | |
2785 | |
2786 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
2787 if (ins_len > 0) | |
2788 { | |
2789 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2790 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2791 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
2792 { | |
419 | 2793 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
7 | 2794 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
2795 linenr++) | |
2796 { | |
2797 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
2798 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
2799 { | |
2800 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2801 pos_T vpos; | |
2802 | |
2803 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
2804 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2805 if (bd.is_short) | |
2806 { | |
1982 | 2807 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
7 | 2808 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2809 } | |
2810 else | |
2811 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
2812 # endif | |
2813 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
2814 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
2815 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2816 + vpos.coladd | |
2817 # endif | |
2818 + ins_len + 1)); | |
2819 if (newp == NULL) | |
2820 continue; | |
2821 /* copy up to block start */ | |
2822 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2823 offset = bd.textcol; | |
2824 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2825 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
2826 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
2827 # endif | |
2828 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
2829 offset += ins_len; | |
2830 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
1622 | 2831 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 2832 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
2833 } | |
2834 } | |
2835 check_cursor(); | |
2836 | |
2837 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2838 } | |
2839 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2840 } | |
2841 } | |
2842 #endif | |
2843 | |
2844 return retval; | |
2845 } | |
2846 | |
2847 /* | |
2848 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
2849 */ | |
2850 void | |
2851 init_yank() | |
2852 { | |
2853 int i; | |
2854 | |
2855 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2856 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
2857 } | |
2858 | |
356 | 2859 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
2860 void | |
2861 clear_registers() | |
2862 { | |
2863 int i; | |
2864 | |
2865 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2866 { | |
2867 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
2868 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2869 free_yank_all(); | |
2870 } | |
2871 } | |
2872 #endif | |
2873 | |
7 | 2874 /* |
2875 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
2876 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
2877 */ | |
2878 static void | |
2879 free_yank(n) | |
2880 long n; | |
2881 { | |
2882 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2883 { | |
2884 long i; | |
2885 | |
2886 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
2887 { | |
2888 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
2889 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
2890 { | |
2891 /* | |
2892 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
2893 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
2894 */ | |
2895 ++no_wait_return; | |
2896 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
2897 --no_wait_return; | |
2898 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
2899 msg_col = 0; | |
2900 } | |
2901 #endif | |
2902 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
2903 } | |
2904 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
2905 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
2906 #ifdef AMIGA | |
2907 if (n >= 1000) | |
2908 MSG(""); | |
2909 #endif | |
2910 } | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
2913 static void | |
2914 free_yank_all() | |
2915 { | |
2916 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
2917 } | |
2918 | |
2919 /* | |
2920 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
2921 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
2922 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
2923 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
2924 * | |
5245
8c6615a30951
updated for version 7.4a.047
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5182
diff
changeset
|
2925 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 2926 */ |
2927 int | |
2928 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
2929 oparg_T *oap; | |
2930 int deleting; | |
2931 int mess; | |
2932 { | |
2933 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
2934 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
2935 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
2936 char_u **new_ptr; | |
2937 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2938 long j; | |
2939 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
2940 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
2941 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2942 char_u *p; | |
2943 char_u *pnew; | |
2944 struct block_def bd; | |
2658 | 2945 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
2654 | 2946 int did_star = FALSE; |
2658 | 2947 #endif |
7 | 2948 |
2949 /* check for read-only register */ | |
2950 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
2951 { | |
2952 beep_flush(); | |
2953 return FAIL; | |
2954 } | |
2955 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
2956 return OK; | |
2957 | |
2958 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
2959 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
2960 oap->regname = 0; | |
2961 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
2962 oap->regname = 0; | |
2963 #endif | |
2964 | |
2965 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
2966 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
2967 | |
2968 curr = y_current; | |
2969 /* append to existing contents */ | |
2970 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2971 y_current = &newreg; | |
2972 else | |
2973 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
2974 | |
593 | 2975 /* |
2976 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
2977 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
2978 */ | |
7 | 2979 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
2980 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
2981 && !oap->inclusive | |
2982 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
50 | 2983 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 2984 && oap->end.col == 0 |
2985 && yanklines > 1) | |
2986 { | |
2987 yanktype = MLINE; | |
2988 --yankendlnum; | |
2989 --yanklines; | |
2990 } | |
2991 | |
2992 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
2993 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2994 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
2995 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
2996 yanklines), TRUE); | |
2997 | |
2998 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
2999 { | |
3000 y_current = curr; | |
3001 return FAIL; | |
3002 } | |
3003 | |
3004 y_idx = 0; | |
3005 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
3006 | |
3007 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3008 { | |
3009 /* Visual block mode */ | |
3010 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
3011 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
3012 | |
3013 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
3014 y_current->y_width--; | |
3015 } | |
3016 | |
3017 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
3018 { | |
3019 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
3020 { | |
3021 case MBLOCK: | |
3022 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
3023 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3024 goto fail; | |
3025 break; | |
3026 | |
3027 case MLINE: | |
3028 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
3029 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
3030 goto fail; | |
3031 break; | |
3032 | |
3033 case MCHAR: | |
3034 { | |
3035 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
3036 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3037 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
3038 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
3039 #endif | |
3040 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
3041 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3042 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3043 | |
3044 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
3045 { | |
3046 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
3047 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3048 if (virtual_op) | |
3049 { | |
3050 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3051 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
3052 { | |
3053 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
3054 * double-count it. */ | |
3055 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
3056 - oap->start.coladd; | |
3057 startcol++; | |
3058 } | |
3059 } | |
3060 #endif | |
3061 } | |
3062 | |
3063 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
3064 { | |
3065 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
3066 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3067 if (virtual_op) | |
3068 { | |
3069 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3070 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
3071 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3072 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
3073 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
3074 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
3075 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
3076 # endif | |
3077 )) | |
3078 { | |
3079 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
3080 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
3081 { | |
3082 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
3083 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
3084 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3085 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
3086 endcol = startcol; | |
3087 } | |
3088 else | |
3089 { | |
3090 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3091 + oap->inclusive; | |
3092 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
3093 } | |
3094 } | |
3095 } | |
3096 #endif | |
3097 } | |
3510 | 3098 if (endcol == MAXCOL) |
3099 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
7 | 3100 if (startcol > endcol |
3101 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3102 || is_oneChar | |
3103 #endif | |
3104 ) | |
3105 bd.textlen = 0; | |
3106 else | |
3107 { | |
3108 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; | |
3109 } | |
3110 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
3111 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3112 goto fail; | |
3113 break; | |
3114 } | |
3115 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
3116 } | |
3117 } | |
3118 | |
3119 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
3120 { | |
3121 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
3122 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
3123 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
3124 goto fail; | |
3125 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
3126 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
3127 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
3128 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
3129 | |
3130 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
3131 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
3132 | |
164 | 3133 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
3134 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
3135 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
7 | 3136 { |
3137 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
3138 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
3139 if (pnew == NULL) | |
3140 { | |
3141 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
3142 goto fail; | |
3143 } | |
3144 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
3145 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3146 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
3147 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3148 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
3149 y_idx = 1; | |
3150 } | |
3151 else | |
3152 y_idx = 0; | |
3153 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
3154 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
3155 curr->y_size = j; | |
3156 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
3157 y_current = curr; | |
3158 } | |
5981 | 3159 if (curwin->w_p_rnu) |
3160 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); /* cursor moved to start */ | |
7 | 3161 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ |
3162 { | |
3163 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
3164 && !oap->block_mode | |
3165 && yanklines == 1) | |
3166 yanklines = 0; | |
3167 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
3168 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
3169 { | |
3170 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
3171 update_topline_redraw(); | |
3172 if (yanklines == 1) | |
205 | 3173 { |
3174 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3175 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
3176 else | |
3177 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
3178 } | |
3179 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
3180 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
7 | 3181 else |
3182 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3183 } | |
3184 } | |
3185 | |
3186 /* | |
3187 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
3188 */ | |
3189 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
3190 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
5735 | 3191 if (yanktype == MLINE && !oap->block_mode) |
36 | 3192 { |
3193 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3194 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
3195 } | |
7 | 3196 |
3197 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3198 /* | |
3199 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
3200 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
3201 * to the '*' register. | |
3202 */ | |
3203 if (clip_star.available | |
3204 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
2654 | 3205 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 |
3206 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)))) | |
7 | 3207 { |
3208 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
3209 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3210 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3211 | |
3212 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3213 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
2658 | 3214 # ifdef FEAT_X11 |
2654 | 3215 did_star = TRUE; |
2658 | 3216 # endif |
7 | 3217 } |
3218 | |
3219 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
3220 /* | |
3221 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
3222 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
3223 */ | |
2654 | 3224 if (clip_plus.available |
3225 && (curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) | |
3226 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 | |
3227 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS)))) | |
7 | 3228 { |
2654 | 3229 if (curr != &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
3230 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3231 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])); | |
3232 | |
7 | 3233 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); |
3234 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
3674 | 3235 if (!clip_isautosel_star() && !did_star |
3236 && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) | |
7 | 3237 { |
3238 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3239 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3240 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3241 } | |
3242 } | |
3243 # endif | |
3244 #endif | |
3245 | |
3246 return OK; | |
3247 | |
3248 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
3249 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
3250 y_current = curr; | |
3251 return FAIL; | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 static int | |
3255 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
3256 struct block_def *bd; | |
3257 long y_idx; | |
3258 { | |
3259 char_u *pnew; | |
3260 | |
3261 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
3262 == NULL) | |
3263 return FAIL; | |
3264 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
3265 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
3266 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
3267 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
3268 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
3269 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
3270 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
3271 *pnew = NUL; | |
3272 return OK; | |
3273 } | |
3274 | |
3275 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3276 /* | |
3277 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
3278 */ | |
3279 static void | |
3280 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
3281 struct yankreg *reg; | |
3282 { | |
3283 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
3284 long j; | |
3285 | |
3286 y_current = reg; | |
3287 free_yank_all(); | |
3288 *y_current = *curr; | |
3289 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
3290 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
3291 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
3292 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3293 else | |
3294 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
3295 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
3296 { | |
3297 free_yank(j); | |
3298 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3299 break; | |
3300 } | |
3301 y_current = curr; | |
3302 } | |
3303 #endif | |
3304 | |
3305 /* | |
140 | 3306 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
3307 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
3308 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
3309 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
3310 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
7 | 3311 */ |
3312 void | |
3313 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
3314 int regname; | |
3315 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
3316 long count; | |
3317 int flags; | |
3318 { | |
3319 char_u *ptr; | |
3320 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
3321 int yanklen; | |
3322 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3323 linenr_T lnum; | |
3324 colnr_T col; | |
3325 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
3326 int y_type; | |
3327 long y_size; | |
3328 int oldlen; | |
3329 long y_width = 0; | |
3330 colnr_T vcol; | |
3331 int delcount; | |
3332 int incr = 0; | |
3333 long j; | |
3334 struct block_def bd; | |
3335 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
3336 long nr_lines = 0; | |
3337 pos_T new_cursor; | |
3338 int indent; | |
3339 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3340 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3341 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
3342 int lendiff = 0; | |
3343 pos_T old_pos; | |
3344 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
3345 int allocated = FALSE; | |
3346 long cnt; | |
3347 | |
3348 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3349 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
3350 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
3351 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
3352 #endif | |
3353 | |
3354 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3355 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
3356 | |
3357 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3358 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3359 | |
3360 /* | |
3361 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
3362 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
3363 */ | |
3364 if (regname == '.') | |
3365 { | |
3366 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
3367 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
3368 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
3369 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
3370 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3371 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
3372 return; | |
3373 } | |
3374 | |
3375 /* | |
3376 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
3377 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
3378 */ | |
3379 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
3380 { | |
3381 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
3382 return; | |
3383 } | |
3384 | |
4005 | 3385 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3386 /* Autocommands may be executed when saving lines for undo, which may make | |
3387 * y_array invalid. Start undo now to avoid that. */ | |
3388 u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
3389 #endif | |
3390 | |
7 | 3391 if (insert_string != NULL) |
3392 { | |
3393 y_type = MCHAR; | |
3394 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3395 if (regname == '=') | |
3396 { | |
3397 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
3093 | 3398 * characters. |
3399 * Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
7 | 3400 for (;;) |
3401 { | |
3402 y_size = 0; | |
3403 ptr = insert_string; | |
3404 while (ptr != NULL) | |
3405 { | |
3406 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3407 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
3408 ++y_size; | |
3409 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
3410 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3411 { | |
3412 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3413 *ptr = NUL; | |
3414 ++ptr; | |
3093 | 3415 /* A trailing '\n' makes the register linewise. */ |
7 | 3416 if (*ptr == NUL) |
3417 { | |
3418 y_type = MLINE; | |
3419 break; | |
3420 } | |
3421 } | |
3422 } | |
3423 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3424 break; | |
3425 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
3426 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
3427 if (y_array == NULL) | |
3428 goto end; | |
3429 } | |
3430 } | |
3431 else | |
3432 #endif | |
3433 { | |
3434 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
3435 y_array = &insert_string; | |
3436 } | |
3437 } | |
3438 else | |
3439 { | |
3440 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
3441 | |
3442 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
3443 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
3444 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
3445 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
3446 } | |
3447 | |
3448 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3449 { | |
3450 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
3451 { | |
3452 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
3453 * between. */ | |
3454 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3455 goto end; | |
3456 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
3457 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3458 goto end; | |
3459 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3460 vim_free(ptr); | |
3461 | |
3462 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
3463 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3464 goto end; | |
3465 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
3466 ++nr_lines; | |
3467 dir = FORWARD; | |
3468 } | |
3469 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
3470 { | |
3471 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
692 | 3472 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
7 | 3473 dir = FORWARD; |
3474 } | |
3475 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3476 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3477 } | |
3478 | |
3479 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
3480 y_type = MLINE; | |
3481 | |
3482 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
3483 { | |
3484 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
3485 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
3486 goto end; | |
3487 } | |
3488 | |
3489 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3490 { | |
3491 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
3492 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3493 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3494 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3495 goto end; | |
3496 } | |
5735 | 3497 else if (y_type == MLINE) |
7 | 3498 { |
3499 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3500 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3501 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
3502 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
3503 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3504 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
3505 else | |
3506 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
3507 #endif | |
3508 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3509 ++lnum; | |
5053
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3510 /* In an empty buffer the empty line is going to be replaced, include |
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3511 * it in the saved lines. */ |
5100
18b43970fb7a
updated for version 7.3.1293
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5053
diff
changeset
|
3512 if ((bufempty() ? u_save(0, 2) : u_save(lnum - 1, lnum)) == FAIL) |
7 | 3513 goto end; |
3514 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3515 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
3517 else | |
3518 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3519 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
3520 #endif | |
3521 } | |
3522 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3523 goto end; | |
3524 | |
3525 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
3526 | |
3527 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3528 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
3529 { | |
3530 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
3531 { | |
3532 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
3533 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
3534 if (dir == FORWARD | |
3535 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
3536 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
3537 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
3538 else | |
3539 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3540 } | |
3541 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
3542 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
3543 } | |
3544 #endif | |
3545 | |
3546 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3547 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3548 | |
3549 /* | |
3550 * Block mode | |
3551 */ | |
3552 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3553 { | |
3554 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
3555 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
3556 | |
3557 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3558 { | |
3559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3560 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
3561 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3562 else | |
3563 #endif | |
3564 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
3565 | |
3566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3567 if (has_mbyte) | |
3568 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
474 | 3569 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3570 else |
3571 #endif | |
3572 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3573 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
3574 #endif | |
3575 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3576 ++col; | |
3577 } | |
3578 else | |
3579 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3580 | |
3581 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3582 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1304 | 3583 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
3584 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
3585 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
7 | 3586 { |
3587 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
3588 ++col; | |
3589 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3590 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3591 if (c == TAB) | |
3592 { | |
3593 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
3594 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
3595 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
3596 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
3597 } | |
3598 } | |
3599 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3600 #endif | |
699 | 3601 bd.textcol = 0; |
7 | 3602 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
3603 { | |
3604 int spaces; | |
3605 char shortline; | |
3606 | |
3607 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3608 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3609 vcol = 0; | |
3610 delcount = 0; | |
3611 | |
3612 /* add a new line */ | |
3613 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3614 { | |
3615 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
3616 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
3617 break; | |
3618 ++nr_lines; | |
3619 } | |
3620 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
3621 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
3622 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
3623 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
3624 { | |
3625 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5995 | 3626 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(oldp, &ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); |
7 | 3627 vcol += incr; |
3628 } | |
3629 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
3630 | |
3631 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
3632 | |
3633 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
3634 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
3635 else if (vcol > col) | |
3636 { | |
3637 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
3638 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
3639 --bd.textcol; | |
3640 delcount = 1; | |
3641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3642 if (has_mbyte) | |
3643 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
3644 #endif | |
3645 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
3646 { | |
3647 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
3648 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
3649 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
3650 delcount = 0; | |
3651 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3652 } | |
3653 } | |
3654 | |
3655 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
3656 | |
3657 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
3658 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
3659 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
5995 | 3660 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(NULL, &y_array[i][j], 0); |
7 | 3661 if (spaces < 0) |
3662 spaces = 0; | |
3663 | |
3664 /* insert the new text */ | |
3665 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
3666 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
3667 if (newp == NULL) | |
3668 break; | |
3669 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
3670 ptr = newp; | |
3671 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
3672 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
3673 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
3674 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
3675 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
3676 /* insert the new text */ | |
3677 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
3678 { | |
3679 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3680 ptr += yanklen; | |
3681 | |
3682 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
3683 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
3684 { | |
3685 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
3686 ptr += spaces; | |
3687 } | |
3688 } | |
3689 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
3690 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
3691 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
3692 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
3693 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
3694 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
3695 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3696 | |
3697 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3698 if (i == 0) | |
3699 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
3700 } | |
3701 | |
3702 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3703 | |
3704 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
3705 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3706 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
3707 | |
3708 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
3709 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
3710 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
237 | 3711 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 3712 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
237 | 3713 # endif |
7 | 3714 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
3715 { | |
916 | 3716 colnr_T len; |
3717 | |
7 | 3718 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
3719 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
916 | 3720 |
3721 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
3722 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
3723 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
3724 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
7 | 3725 } |
3726 else | |
3727 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3728 } | |
3729 else | |
3730 { | |
3731 /* | |
3732 * Character or Line mode | |
3733 */ | |
3734 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3735 { | |
3736 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
3737 * char */ | |
3738 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3739 { | |
3740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3741 if (has_mbyte) | |
3742 { | |
474 | 3743 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3744 |
3745 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
3746 col += bytelen; | |
3747 if (yanklen) | |
3748 { | |
3749 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
3750 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
3751 } | |
3752 } | |
3753 else | |
3754 #endif | |
3755 { | |
3756 ++col; | |
3757 if (yanklen) | |
3758 { | |
3759 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3760 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
3761 } | |
3762 } | |
3763 } | |
3764 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3765 } | |
3766 /* | |
3767 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
3768 */ | |
3769 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3770 --lnum; | |
699 | 3771 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3772 |
3773 /* | |
3774 * simple case: insert into current line | |
3775 */ | |
3776 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
3777 { | |
5365 | 3778 do { |
3779 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
3780 if (totlen > 0) | |
7 | 3781 { |
5365 | 3782 oldp = ml_get(lnum); |
3783 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
3784 if (newp == NULL) | |
3785 goto end; /* alloc() gave an error message */ | |
3786 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3787 ptr = newp + col; | |
3788 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
3789 { | |
3790 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3791 ptr += yanklen; | |
3792 } | |
3793 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); | |
3794 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3795 /* Place cursor on last putted char. */ | |
3796 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5496 | 3797 { |
3798 /* make sure curwin->w_virtcol is updated */ | |
3799 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
5365 | 3800 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); |
5496 | 3801 } |
7 | 3802 } |
5365 | 3803 if (VIsual_active) |
3804 lnum++; | |
5735 | 3805 } while (VIsual_active && lnum <= curbuf->b_visual.vi_end.lnum); |
5365 | 3806 |
7 | 3807 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; |
3808 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
3809 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
3810 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3811 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
3812 } | |
3813 else | |
3814 { | |
3815 /* | |
3816 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
3817 * line in two. | |
3818 */ | |
3819 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
3820 { | |
3821 i = 0; | |
3822 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3823 { | |
3824 /* | |
3825 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
3826 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
3827 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
3828 */ | |
3829 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
3830 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
3831 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3832 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
3833 if (newp == NULL) | |
3834 goto error; | |
3835 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3836 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
3837 /* insert second line */ | |
3838 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3839 vim_free(newp); | |
3840 | |
3841 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3842 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
3843 if (newp == NULL) | |
3844 goto error; | |
3845 /* copy first part of line */ | |
3846 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3847 /* append to first line */ | |
3848 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
3849 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3850 | |
3851 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3852 i = 1; | |
3853 } | |
3854 | |
3855 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
3856 { | |
3857 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
3858 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
3859 == FAIL) | |
3860 goto error; | |
3861 lnum++; | |
3862 ++nr_lines; | |
3863 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3864 { | |
3865 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3866 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3867 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
3868 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3869 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3870 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
3871 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
3872 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
3873 else | |
3874 #endif | |
3875 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3876 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
3877 else if (first_indent) | |
3878 { | |
3879 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
3880 indent = orig_indent; | |
3881 first_indent = FALSE; | |
3882 } | |
3883 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
3884 indent = 0; | |
3885 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
3886 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
3887 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
3888 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3889 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
3890 } | |
3891 } | |
3892 } | |
3893 | |
3894 error: | |
3895 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
3896 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3897 { | |
3898 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3899 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3900 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
3901 } | |
3902 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
3903 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
3904 | |
3905 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
3906 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3907 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
3908 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
3909 else | |
3910 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
3911 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3912 | |
3913 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
3914 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
3915 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
3916 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
3917 if (col > 1) | |
3918 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
3919 else | |
3920 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
3921 | |
168 | 3922 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
3923 { | |
237 | 3924 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
168 | 3925 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
3926 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3927 } | |
3928 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
7 | 3929 { |
3930 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
3931 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3932 { | |
3933 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3934 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3935 else | |
3936 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
3937 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
3938 } | |
3939 else | |
3940 { | |
3941 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3942 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
3943 } | |
3944 } | |
3945 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3946 { | |
168 | 3947 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
7 | 3948 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
3949 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3950 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3951 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3952 } | |
3953 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
3954 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
3955 } | |
3956 } | |
3957 | |
3958 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
3959 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3960 | |
3961 end: | |
3962 if (allocated) | |
3963 vim_free(insert_string); | |
840 | 3964 if (regname == '=') |
3965 vim_free(y_array); | |
3966 | |
5380 | 3967 VIsual_active = FALSE; |
3968 | |
140 | 3969 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
844 | 3970 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
3971 } | |
3972 | |
3973 /* | |
3974 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
3975 * there move it left. | |
3976 */ | |
3977 void | |
3978 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
3979 { | |
3980 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
3981 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
773 | 3982 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3983 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
3984 #endif | |
7 | 3985 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
3986 { | |
557 | 3987 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
555 | 3988 dec_cursor(); |
844 | 3989 |
7 | 3990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3991 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
557 | 3992 { |
3993 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
3994 | |
3995 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
3996 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
3997 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
3998 } | |
7 | 3999 #endif |
4000 } | |
4001 } | |
4002 | |
4003 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
4004 /* | |
4005 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
4006 */ | |
4007 int | |
4008 preprocs_left() | |
4009 { | |
4010 return | |
4011 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4012 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
4013 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
4014 # else | |
4015 curbuf->b_p_si | |
4016 # endif | |
4017 # endif | |
4018 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5438 | 4019 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE) |
4020 && curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment == 0) | |
7 | 4021 # endif |
4022 ; | |
4023 } | |
4024 #endif | |
4025 | |
4026 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
4027 int | |
4028 get_register_name(num) | |
4029 int num; | |
4030 { | |
4031 if (num == -1) | |
4032 return '"'; | |
4033 else if (num < 10) | |
4034 return num + '0'; | |
4035 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
4036 return '-'; | |
4037 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4038 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
4039 return '*'; | |
4040 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
4041 return '+'; | |
4042 #endif | |
4043 else | |
4044 { | |
4045 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
4046 int i; | |
4047 | |
4048 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
4049 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
4050 if (i > 'i') | |
4051 i += 7; | |
4052 if (i > 'r') | |
4053 i += 8; | |
4054 return i; | |
4055 #else | |
4056 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
4057 #endif | |
4058 } | |
4059 } | |
4060 | |
4061 /* | |
4062 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
4063 */ | |
4064 void | |
4065 ex_display(eap) | |
4066 exarg_T *eap; | |
4067 { | |
4068 int i, n; | |
4069 long j; | |
4070 char_u *p; | |
4071 struct yankreg *yb; | |
4072 int name; | |
4073 int attr; | |
4074 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
22 | 4075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4076 int clen; | |
4077 #else | |
4078 # define clen 1 | |
4079 #endif | |
7 | 4080 |
4081 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
4082 arg = NULL; | |
4083 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4084 | |
4085 /* Highlight title */ | |
4086 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
4087 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
4088 { | |
4089 name = get_register_name(i); | |
2644 | 4090 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL |
4091 #ifdef ONE_CLIPBOARD | |
4092 /* Star register and plus register contain the same thing. */ | |
4093 && (name != '*' || vim_strchr(arg, '+') == NULL) | |
4094 #endif | |
4095 ) | |
7 | 4096 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ |
4097 | |
4098 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4099 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
4100 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
4101 * of the clipboard. */ | |
4102 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
4103 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
4104 #endif | |
4105 | |
4106 if (i == -1) | |
4107 { | |
4108 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
4109 yb = y_previous; | |
4110 else | |
4111 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
4112 } | |
4113 else | |
4114 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
2000 | 4115 |
4116 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4117 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
4118 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
4119 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
4120 * pointer can be freed */ | |
4121 #endif | |
4122 | |
7 | 4123 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
4124 { | |
4125 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4126 msg_putchar('"'); | |
4127 msg_putchar(name); | |
4128 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
4129 | |
4130 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4131 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
4132 { | |
4133 if (j) | |
4134 { | |
4135 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4136 n -= 2; | |
4137 } | |
4138 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
4139 { | |
4140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4141 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
22 | 4142 #endif |
4143 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
4144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4145 p += clen - 1; | |
7 | 4146 #endif |
4147 } | |
4148 } | |
4149 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
4150 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4151 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
4152 } | |
4153 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4154 } | |
4155 | |
4156 /* | |
4157 * display last inserted text | |
4158 */ | |
4159 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
4160 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4161 { | |
4162 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
4163 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
4164 } | |
4165 | |
4166 /* | |
4167 * display last command line | |
4168 */ | |
4169 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
4170 && !got_int) | |
4171 { | |
4172 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
4173 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
4174 } | |
4175 | |
4176 /* | |
4177 * display current file name | |
4178 */ | |
4179 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
4180 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4181 { | |
4182 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
4183 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
4184 } | |
4185 | |
4186 /* | |
4187 * display alternate file name | |
4188 */ | |
4189 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4190 { | |
4191 char_u *fname; | |
4192 linenr_T dummy; | |
4193 | |
4194 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
4195 { | |
4196 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
4197 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
4198 } | |
4199 } | |
4200 | |
4201 /* | |
4202 * display last search pattern | |
4203 */ | |
4204 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
4205 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4206 { | |
4207 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
4208 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
4209 } | |
4210 | |
4211 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4212 /* | |
4213 * display last used expression | |
4214 */ | |
4215 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
4216 && !got_int) | |
4217 { | |
4218 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
4219 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
4220 } | |
4221 #endif | |
4222 } | |
4223 | |
4224 /* | |
4225 * display a string for do_dis() | |
4226 * truncate at end of screen line | |
4227 */ | |
4228 static void | |
4229 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
4230 char_u *p; | |
4231 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
4232 { | |
4233 int n; | |
4234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4235 int l; | |
4236 #endif | |
4237 | |
4238 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4239 while (*p != NUL | |
4240 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
4241 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
4242 { | |
4243 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4244 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 4245 { |
4246 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
4247 p += l; | |
4248 } | |
4249 else | |
4250 #endif | |
4251 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
4252 } | |
4253 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4254 } | |
4255 | |
3562 | 4256 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4257 /* | |
4258 * If "process" is TRUE and the line begins with a comment leader (possibly | |
4259 * after some white space), return a pointer to the text after it. Put a boolean | |
4260 * value indicating whether the line ends with an unclosed comment in | |
4261 * "is_comment". | |
4262 * line - line to be processed, | |
4263 * process - if FALSE, will only check whether the line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4264 * comment, |
3562 | 4265 * include_space - whether to also skip space following the comment leader, |
4266 * is_comment - will indicate whether the current line ends with an unclosed | |
3584 | 4267 * comment. |
3562 | 4268 */ |
4269 static char_u * | |
4270 skip_comment(line, process, include_space, is_comment) | |
4271 char_u *line; | |
4272 int process; | |
4273 int include_space; | |
4274 int *is_comment; | |
4275 { | |
4276 char_u *comment_flags = NULL; | |
4277 int lead_len; | |
4278 int leader_offset = get_last_leader_offset(line, &comment_flags); | |
4279 | |
4280 *is_comment = FALSE; | |
4281 if (leader_offset != -1) | |
4282 { | |
4283 /* Let's check whether the line ends with an unclosed comment. | |
4284 * If the last comment leader has COM_END in flags, there's no comment. | |
4285 */ | |
4286 while (*comment_flags) | |
4287 { | |
4288 if (*comment_flags == COM_END | |
4289 || *comment_flags == ':') | |
4290 break; | |
4291 ++comment_flags; | |
4292 } | |
4293 if (*comment_flags != COM_END) | |
4294 *is_comment = TRUE; | |
4295 } | |
4296 | |
4297 if (process == FALSE) | |
4298 return line; | |
4299 | |
4300 lead_len = get_leader_len(line, &comment_flags, FALSE, include_space); | |
4301 | |
4302 if (lead_len == 0) | |
4303 return line; | |
4304 | |
4305 /* Find: | |
4306 * - COM_END, | |
4307 * - colon, | |
4308 * whichever comes first. | |
4309 */ | |
4310 while (*comment_flags) | |
4311 { | |
3580 | 4312 if (*comment_flags == COM_END |
3562 | 4313 || *comment_flags == ':') |
4314 { | |
4315 break; | |
4316 } | |
4317 ++comment_flags; | |
4318 } | |
4319 | |
4320 /* If we found a colon, it means that we are not processing a line | |
3580 | 4321 * starting with a closing part of a three-part comment. That's good, |
4322 * because we don't want to remove those as this would be annoying. | |
3562 | 4323 */ |
4324 if (*comment_flags == ':' || *comment_flags == NUL) | |
4325 line += lead_len; | |
4326 | |
4327 return line; | |
4328 } | |
4329 #endif | |
4330 | |
7 | 4331 /* |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4332 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4333 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
5848 | 4334 * Set "use_formatoptions" to FALSE when e.g. processing backspace and comment |
4335 * leaders should not be removed. | |
4336 * When setmark is TRUE, sets the '[ and '] mark, else, the caller is expected | |
4337 * to set those marks. | |
7 | 4338 * |
1217 | 4339 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
7 | 4340 */ |
4341 int | |
5848 | 4342 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo, use_formatoptions, setmark) |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4343 long count; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4344 int insert_space; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4345 int save_undo; |
3562 | 4346 int use_formatoptions UNUSED; |
5848 | 4347 int setmark; |
7 | 4348 { |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4349 char_u *curr = NULL; |
2597 | 4350 char_u *curr_start = NULL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4351 char_u *cend; |
7 | 4352 char_u *newp; |
2597 | 4353 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserted before a line */ |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4354 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4355 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4356 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4357 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
7 | 4358 linenr_T t; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4359 colnr_T col = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4360 int ret = OK; |
3562 | 4361 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
3574 | 4362 int *comments = NULL; |
3562 | 4363 int remove_comments = (use_formatoptions == TRUE) |
4364 && has_format_option(FO_REMOVE_COMS); | |
4365 int prev_was_comment; | |
4366 #endif | |
4367 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4368 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4369 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4370 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4371 return FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4372 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4373 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4374 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4375 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4376 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4377 if (spaces == NULL) |
7 | 4378 return FAIL; |
3562 | 4379 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4380 if (remove_comments) | |
4381 { | |
4382 comments = (int *)lalloc_clear((long_u)count * sizeof(int), TRUE); | |
4383 if (comments == NULL) | |
4384 { | |
4385 vim_free(spaces); | |
4386 return FAIL; | |
4387 } | |
4388 } | |
4389 #endif | |
7 | 4390 |
4391 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4392 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4393 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
7 | 4394 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4395 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4396 { |
2597 | 4397 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
5848 | 4398 if (t == 0 && setmark) |
5664 | 4399 { |
4400 /* Set the '[ mark. */ | |
4401 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_start.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4402 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_start.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(curr); | |
4403 } | |
3562 | 4404 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4405 if (remove_comments) | |
4406 { | |
4407 /* We don't want to remove the comment leader if the | |
4408 * previous line is not a comment. */ | |
4409 if (t > 0 && prev_was_comment) | |
4410 { | |
4411 | |
4412 char_u *new_curr = skip_comment(curr, TRUE, insert_space, | |
4413 &prev_was_comment); | |
3576 | 4414 comments[t] = (int)(new_curr - curr); |
3562 | 4415 curr = new_curr; |
4416 } | |
4417 else | |
4418 curr = skip_comment(curr, FALSE, insert_space, | |
4419 &prev_was_comment); | |
4420 } | |
4421 #endif | |
4422 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4423 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4424 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4425 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4426 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4428 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4429 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4430 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4431 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4432 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4433 ) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4434 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4435 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4436 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4437 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4438 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4439 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4440 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4441 if ( p_js |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4442 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4443 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4444 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4445 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4446 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4447 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4448 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4449 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4450 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4451 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4452 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4454 if (has_mbyte) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4455 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4456 cend = curr + currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4457 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4458 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4459 if (cend > curr) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4460 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4461 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4462 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4463 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4464 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4465 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4466 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4467 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4468 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4469 if (currsize > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4470 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4471 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4472 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4473 line_breakcheck(); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4474 if (got_int) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4475 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4476 ret = FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4477 goto theend; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4478 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4479 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4480 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4481 /* store the column position before last line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4482 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4483 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4484 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4485 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4486 cend = newp + sumsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4487 *cend = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4488 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4489 /* |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4490 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4491 * |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4492 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4493 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4494 * should not really be a problem. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4495 */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4496 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4497 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4498 cend -= currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4499 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4500 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4501 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4502 cend -= spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4503 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4504 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4505 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
2597 | 4506 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t] - (curr - curr_start))); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4507 if (t == 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4508 break; |
2597 | 4509 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
3562 | 4510 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4511 if (remove_comments) | |
4512 curr += comments[t - 1]; | |
4513 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4514 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4515 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4516 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4517 } |
7 | 4518 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
4519 | |
5848 | 4520 if (setmark) |
4521 { | |
4522 /* Set the '] mark. */ | |
4523 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4524 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(newp); | |
4525 } | |
5664 | 4526 |
7 | 4527 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report |
4528 * the deleted line. */ | |
4529 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
4530 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
4531 | |
4532 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4533 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
7 | 4534 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
4535 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
4536 */ | |
4537 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4538 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4539 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
7 | 4540 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
4541 | |
4542 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4543 * Set the cursor column: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4544 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4545 * vim: use the column of the last join |
7 | 4546 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4547 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4548 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
7 | 4549 check_cursor_col(); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4550 |
7 | 4551 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
4552 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4553 #endif | |
4554 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
4555 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4556 theend: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4557 vim_free(spaces); |
3562 | 4558 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
4559 if (remove_comments) | |
4560 vim_free(comments); | |
4561 #endif | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4562 return ret; |
7 | 4563 } |
4564 | |
4565 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4566 /* | |
4567 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
4568 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
4569 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
4570 */ | |
4571 static int | |
4572 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
4573 linenr_T lnum; | |
4574 int leader1_len; | |
4575 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
4576 int leader2_len; | |
4577 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
4578 { | |
4579 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
4580 char_u *p; | |
4581 char_u *line1; | |
4582 char_u *line2; | |
4583 | |
4584 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
4585 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4586 | |
4587 /* | |
4588 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
4589 * second line does not have a leader. | |
4590 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
4591 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
4592 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
4593 */ | |
4594 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
4595 { | |
4596 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4597 { | |
4598 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
4599 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4600 if (*p == COM_END) | |
4601 return FALSE; | |
4602 if (*p == COM_START) | |
4603 { | |
4604 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
4605 return FALSE; | |
4606 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
4607 return FALSE; | |
4608 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4609 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
4610 return TRUE; | |
4611 return FALSE; | |
4612 } | |
4613 } | |
4614 } | |
4615 | |
4616 /* | |
4617 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
4618 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
4619 */ | |
4620 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4621 if (line1 != NULL) | |
4622 { | |
4623 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
4624 ; | |
4625 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
4626 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
4627 { | |
4628 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
4629 { | |
4630 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
4631 break; | |
4632 } | |
4633 else | |
4634 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
4635 ++idx1; | |
4636 } | |
4637 vim_free(line1); | |
4638 } | |
4639 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
4640 } | |
4641 #endif | |
4642 | |
4643 /* | |
3252 | 4644 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq'. |
7 | 4645 */ |
4646 void | |
4647 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
4648 oparg_T *oap; | |
4649 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
4650 { | |
4651 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4652 | |
4653 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
4654 * can put it back there. */ | |
4655 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4656 | |
4657 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
4658 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
4659 return; | |
4660 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
4661 | |
4662 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4663 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4664 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4665 | |
4666 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
4667 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
4668 | |
4669 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
4670 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
4671 if (keep_cursor) | |
4672 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4673 | |
1563 | 4674 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
7 | 4675 |
4676 /* | |
4677 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
4678 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
4679 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
4680 */ | |
4681 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4682 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4683 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
4684 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
4685 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
4686 | |
4687 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
4688 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4689 | |
4690 if (keep_cursor) | |
4691 { | |
4692 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
4693 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
4694 } | |
4695 | |
4696 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4697 { | |
4698 win_T *wp; | |
4699 | |
4700 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
4701 { | |
4702 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
4703 { | |
4704 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
4705 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
4706 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
4707 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4708 else | |
4709 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4710 } | |
4711 } | |
4712 } | |
4713 } | |
4714 | |
667 | 4715 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
4716 /* | |
4717 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
4718 */ | |
4719 void | |
4720 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
4721 oparg_T *oap; | |
4722 { | |
4723 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4724 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4725 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4726 | |
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4727 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4728 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4729 * internal formatting. */ |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4730 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
667 | 4731 } |
4732 | |
4733 int | |
844 | 4734 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
667 | 4735 linenr_T lnum; |
4736 long count; | |
844 | 4737 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
667 | 4738 { |
681 | 4739 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
4740 OPT_LOCAL); | |
667 | 4741 int r; |
4742 | |
4743 /* | |
4744 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
844 | 4745 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
667 | 4746 */ |
4747 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
4748 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
1969 | 4749 set_vim_var_char(c); |
844 | 4750 |
667 | 4751 /* |
4752 * Evaluate the function. | |
4753 */ | |
4754 if (use_sandbox) | |
4755 ++sandbox; | |
4756 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
4757 if (use_sandbox) | |
4758 --sandbox; | |
844 | 4759 |
4760 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
4761 | |
667 | 4762 return r; |
4763 } | |
4764 #endif | |
4765 | |
7 | 4766 /* |
4767 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
4768 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
4769 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
4770 * first line. | |
4771 */ | |
4772 void | |
1563 | 4773 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
7 | 4774 linenr_T line_count; |
1563 | 4775 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
7 | 4776 { |
4777 int max_len; | |
4778 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
4779 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
4780 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
4781 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
4782 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
4783 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4784 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4785 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4786 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4787 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4788 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
3584 | 4789 int do_comments_list = 0; /* format comments with 'n' or '2' */ |
7 | 4790 #endif |
4791 int advance = TRUE; | |
3584 | 4792 int second_indent = -1; /* indent for second line (comment |
4793 * aware) */ | |
7 | 4794 int do_second_indent; |
4795 int do_number_indent; | |
4796 int do_trail_white; | |
4797 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4798 int smd_save; | |
4799 long count; | |
4800 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
4801 int force_format = FALSE; | |
4802 int old_State = State; | |
4803 | |
4804 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
4805 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
4806 | |
4807 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
4808 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4809 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4810 #endif | |
4811 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
4812 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
4813 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
4814 | |
4815 /* | |
4816 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
4817 */ | |
4818 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
4819 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
4820 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4821 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4822 #endif | |
4823 ); | |
4824 else | |
4825 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4826 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
4827 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4828 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4829 #endif | |
4830 ); | |
4831 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
4832 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4833 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
4834 | |
4835 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
4836 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
4837 { | |
4838 /* | |
4839 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
4840 */ | |
4841 if (advance) | |
4842 { | |
4843 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4844 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
4845 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
4846 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4847 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
4848 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
4849 #endif | |
4850 } | |
4851 | |
4852 /* | |
4853 * The last line to be formatted. | |
4854 */ | |
4855 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4856 { | |
4857 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4858 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4859 next_leader_len = 0; | |
4860 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
4861 #endif | |
4862 } | |
4863 else | |
4864 { | |
4865 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
4866 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4867 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4868 #endif | |
4869 ); | |
4870 if (do_number_indent) | |
4871 next_is_start_par = | |
4872 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
4873 } | |
4874 advance = TRUE; | |
4875 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
4876 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4877 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4878 | |
4879 /* | |
4880 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
4881 */ | |
4882 if (is_not_par) | |
4883 { | |
4884 if (line_count < 0) | |
4885 break; | |
4886 } | |
4887 else | |
4888 { | |
4889 /* | |
4890 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
4891 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
4892 */ | |
4893 if (first_par_line | |
4894 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
4895 && prev_is_end_par | |
3584 | 4896 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
4897 { | |
4898 if (do_second_indent && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
4899 { | |
4900 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4901 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4902 { | |
4903 /* no comment found */ | |
4904 #endif | |
4905 second_indent = | |
4906 get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
7 | 4907 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
3584 | 4908 } |
4909 else | |
4910 { | |
4911 second_indent = next_leader_len; | |
4912 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4913 } | |
4914 #endif | |
4915 } | |
7 | 4916 else if (do_number_indent) |
3584 | 4917 { |
4918 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4919 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
4920 { | |
4921 /* no comment found */ | |
4922 #endif | |
4923 second_indent = | |
4924 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4925 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4926 } | |
4927 else | |
4928 { | |
4929 /* get_number_indent() is now "comment aware"... */ | |
4930 second_indent = | |
4931 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4932 do_comments_list = 1; | |
4933 } | |
4934 #endif | |
4935 } | |
7 | 4936 } |
4937 | |
4938 /* | |
4939 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
4940 */ | |
4941 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4942 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4943 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
4944 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4945 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
4946 #endif | |
4947 ) | |
4948 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
4949 | |
4950 /* | |
4951 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
4952 * getting long, format it. | |
4953 */ | |
4954 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
4955 { | |
4956 if (need_set_indent) | |
4957 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
4958 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
4959 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
4960 | |
4961 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
4962 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
4963 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
4964 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
4965 dec_cursor(); | |
4966 | |
4967 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
4968 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
4969 smd_save = p_smd; | |
4970 p_smd = FALSE; | |
4971 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
4972 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4973 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
3584 | 4974 + (do_comments && do_comments_list |
4975 ? INSCHAR_COM_LIST : 0) | |
7 | 4976 #endif |
1563 | 4977 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
7 | 4978 State = old_State; |
4979 p_smd = smd_save; | |
4980 second_indent = -1; | |
4981 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
4982 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
4983 if (is_end_par) | |
4984 { | |
4985 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
4986 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
4987 if (line_count < 0) | |
4988 break; | |
4989 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4990 } | |
4991 force_format = FALSE; | |
4992 } | |
4993 | |
4994 /* | |
4995 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
5403 | 4996 * first delete the leader from the second line. |
7 | 4997 */ |
4998 if (!is_end_par) | |
4999 { | |
5000 advance = FALSE; | |
5001 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
5002 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5003 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
5004 break; |
7 | 5005 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
5006 if (next_leader_len > 0) | |
5403 | 5007 { |
5008 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); | |
7 | 5009 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, |
5010 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
5403 | 5011 } else |
5012 #endif | |
5013 if (second_indent > 0) /* the "leader" for FO_Q_SECOND */ | |
5014 { | |
5015 char_u *p = ml_get_curline(); | |
5415 | 5016 int indent = (int)(skipwhite(p) - p); |
5403 | 5017 |
5018 if (indent > 0) | |
5019 { | |
5020 (void)del_bytes(indent, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5021 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
5022 (colnr_T)0, 0L, (long)-indent); | |
5415 | 5023 } |
5403 | 5024 } |
7 | 5025 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; |
5848 | 5026 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 5027 { |
5028 beep_flush(); | |
5029 break; | |
5030 } | |
5031 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
5032 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
5033 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
5034 force_format = TRUE; | |
5035 else | |
5036 force_format = FALSE; | |
5037 } | |
5038 } | |
5039 line_breakcheck(); | |
5040 } | |
5041 } | |
5042 | |
5043 /* | |
5044 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
5045 */ | |
5046 static int | |
5047 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
5048 linenr_T lnum; | |
5049 { | |
5050 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
5051 size_t l; | |
5052 | |
5053 if (*s == NUL) | |
5054 return FALSE; | |
5055 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
5056 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
5057 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
5058 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
5059 } | |
5060 | |
5061 /* | |
5062 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
5063 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
5064 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
5065 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
5066 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
5067 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
5068 */ | |
5069 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5070 static int | |
5071 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
5072 linenr_T lnum; | |
5073 int *leader_len; | |
5074 char_u **leader_flags; | |
5075 int do_comments; | |
5076 { | |
5077 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
5078 char_u *ptr; | |
5079 | |
5080 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
5081 if (do_comments) | |
3562 | 5082 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE, TRUE); |
7 | 5083 else |
5084 *leader_len = 0; | |
5085 | |
5086 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
5087 { | |
5088 /* | |
5089 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
5090 */ | |
5091 flags = *leader_flags; | |
5092 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
5093 ++flags; | |
5094 } | |
5095 | |
5096 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
5097 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
5098 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5099 } | |
5100 #else | |
5101 static int | |
5102 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
5103 linenr_T lnum; | |
5104 { | |
5105 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
5106 } | |
5107 #endif | |
5108 | |
5109 /* | |
5110 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
5111 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
5112 */ | |
5113 int | |
5114 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
5115 linenr_T lnum; | |
5116 { | |
5117 char_u *p; | |
5118 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5119 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
5120 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
5121 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
5122 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
5123 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
5124 #endif | |
5125 | |
5126 if (lnum <= 1) | |
5127 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
5128 | |
5129 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
5130 if (*p == NUL) | |
5131 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
5132 | |
5133 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5134 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
5135 #endif | |
5136 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
5137 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5138 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
5139 #endif | |
5140 )) | |
5141 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
5142 | |
5143 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
5144 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5145 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
5146 #endif | |
5147 )) | |
5148 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
5149 | |
5150 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
5151 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
5152 | |
5153 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
5154 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
5155 | |
5156 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5157 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
5158 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
5159 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
5160 #endif | |
5161 | |
5162 return FALSE; | |
5163 } | |
5164 | |
5165 /* | |
5166 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
5167 * | |
5168 * for delete: | |
5169 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
5170 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
5171 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
1839 | 5172 * deleted. |
5173 * for yank and tilde: | |
7 | 5174 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
5175 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
5176 * that are to be yanked. | |
5177 */ | |
5178 static void | |
5179 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
5180 oparg_T *oap; | |
5181 struct block_def *bdp; | |
5182 linenr_T lnum; | |
5183 int is_del; | |
5184 { | |
5185 int incr = 0; | |
5186 char_u *pend; | |
5187 char_u *pstart; | |
5188 char_u *line; | |
5189 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
5190 char_u *prev_pend; | |
5191 | |
5192 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
5193 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
5194 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
5195 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
5196 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
5197 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5198 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
5199 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
5200 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5201 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5202 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
5203 #endif | |
5204 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
5205 | |
5206 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
5207 pstart = line; | |
5208 prev_pstart = line; | |
5209 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
5210 { | |
5211 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5995 | 5212 incr = lbr_chartabsize(line, pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); |
7 | 5213 bdp->start_vcol += incr; |
5214 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5215 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
5216 { | |
5217 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
5218 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
5219 } | |
5220 else | |
5221 { | |
5222 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
5223 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
5224 } | |
5225 #endif | |
5226 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
39 | 5227 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
7 | 5228 } |
5229 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
5230 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
5231 { | |
5232 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5233 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5234 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5235 #endif | |
5236 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5237 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5238 } | |
5239 else | |
5240 { | |
5241 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
5242 * spaces, too. */ | |
5243 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
5244 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5245 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5246 pend = pstart; | |
5247 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5248 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
5249 { | |
5250 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5251 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
5252 #endif | |
5253 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
5254 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5255 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5256 { | |
5257 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5258 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5259 } | |
5260 else | |
5261 { | |
5262 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5263 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
5264 { | |
5265 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
5266 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
5267 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
5268 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
5269 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
5270 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5271 } | |
5272 } | |
5273 } | |
5274 else | |
5275 { | |
5276 prev_pend = pend; | |
5277 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
5278 { | |
5279 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5280 prev_pend = pend; | |
5995 | 5281 /* TODO: is passing prev_pend for start of the line OK? |
5282 * perhaps it should be "line". */ | |
5283 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(prev_pend, &pend, | |
5284 (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
7 | 5285 bdp->end_vcol += incr; |
5286 } | |
5287 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
5288 && (!is_del | |
5289 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
5290 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
5291 { | |
5292 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5293 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5294 #endif | |
5295 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
5296 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
5297 * short where the text is put */ | |
5298 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
5299 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
5300 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
593 | 5301 + oap->inclusive; |
7 | 5302 else |
5303 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
5304 } | |
5305 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
5306 { | |
5307 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5308 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
5309 { | |
5310 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
5311 if (pend != pstart) | |
5312 pend = prev_pend; | |
5313 } | |
5314 } | |
5315 } | |
5316 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5317 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
5318 #endif | |
5319 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5320 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
5321 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
5322 } | |
5323 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
5324 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
5325 } | |
5326 | |
5327 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5328 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
5329 | |
5330 static void | |
5331 reverse_line(s) | |
5332 char_u *s; | |
5333 { | |
5334 int i, j; | |
5335 char_u c; | |
5336 | |
5337 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
5338 return; | |
5339 | |
5340 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5341 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
5342 { | |
5343 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
5344 } | |
5345 } | |
5346 | |
5347 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
5348 #else | |
5349 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
5350 #endif | |
5351 | |
5352 /* | |
5353 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
5354 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
5355 * | |
5356 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
5357 */ | |
5358 int | |
5359 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
5360 int command; | |
5361 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
5362 { | |
5363 int col; | |
5364 char_u *buf1; | |
5365 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
5366 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
5367 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
835 | 5368 unsigned long n; |
7 | 5369 long_u oldn; |
5370 char_u *ptr; | |
5371 int c; | |
5372 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
5373 int todel; | |
5374 int dohex; | |
5375 int dooct; | |
5376 int doalp; | |
5377 int firstdigit; | |
5378 int negative; | |
5379 int subtract; | |
5380 | |
5381 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
5382 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
5383 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
5384 | |
5385 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5386 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5387 | |
5388 /* | |
5389 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
5390 */ | |
5391 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5392 if (dohex) | |
5393 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
5394 --col; | |
5395 if ( dohex | |
5396 && col > 0 | |
5397 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
5398 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
5399 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
5400 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
5401 { | |
5402 /* | |
5403 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
5404 */ | |
5405 --col; | |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 { | |
5409 /* | |
5410 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
5411 */ | |
5412 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5413 | |
5414 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
5415 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
5416 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5417 ++col; | |
5418 | |
5419 while (col > 0 | |
5420 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
5421 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5422 --col; | |
5423 } | |
5424 | |
5425 /* | |
5426 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
5427 */ | |
5428 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
5429 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5430 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
5431 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
5432 { | |
5433 beep_flush(); | |
5434 return FAIL; | |
5435 } | |
5436 | |
5437 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
5438 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5439 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5440 | |
5441 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
5442 { | |
5443 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
5444 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5445 { | |
5446 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
5447 { | |
5448 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5449 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
5450 else | |
5451 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
5452 } | |
5453 else | |
5454 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5455 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
5456 #else | |
5457 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
5458 #endif | |
5459 } | |
5460 else | |
5461 { | |
5462 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
5463 { | |
5464 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5465 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
5466 else | |
5467 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
5468 } | |
5469 else | |
5470 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5471 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
5472 #else | |
5473 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
5474 #endif | |
5475 } | |
5476 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5477 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5478 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
5479 } | |
5480 else | |
5481 { | |
5482 negative = FALSE; | |
5483 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
5484 { | |
5485 --col; | |
5486 negative = TRUE; | |
5487 } | |
5488 | |
5489 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
5490 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
5491 | |
5492 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
5493 if (hex && negative) | |
5494 { | |
5495 ++col; | |
5496 --length; | |
5497 negative = FALSE; | |
5498 } | |
5499 | |
5500 /* add or subtract */ | |
5501 subtract = FALSE; | |
5502 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5503 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5504 if (negative) | |
5505 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5506 | |
5507 oldn = n; | |
5508 if (subtract) | |
5509 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5510 else | |
5511 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5512 | |
5513 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
5514 if (!hex) | |
5515 { | |
5516 if (subtract) | |
5517 { | |
5518 if (n > oldn) | |
5519 { | |
5520 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5521 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5522 } | |
5523 } | |
5524 else /* add */ | |
5525 { | |
5526 if (n < oldn) | |
5527 { | |
5528 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5529 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5530 } | |
5531 } | |
5532 if (n == 0) | |
5533 negative = FALSE; | |
5534 } | |
5535 | |
5536 /* | |
5537 * Delete the old number. | |
5538 */ | |
5539 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5540 todel = length; | |
5541 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5542 /* | |
5543 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
5544 * after it is kept the same. | |
5545 */ | |
5546 if (c == '-') | |
5547 --length; | |
5548 while (todel-- > 0) | |
5549 { | |
5550 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
5551 { | |
5552 if (isupper(c)) | |
5553 hexupper = TRUE; | |
5554 else | |
5555 hexupper = FALSE; | |
5556 } | |
5557 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
5558 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5559 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5560 } | |
5561 | |
5562 /* | |
5563 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
5564 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
5565 * a bit too much. | |
5566 */ | |
5567 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
5568 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
5569 return FAIL; | |
5570 ptr = buf1; | |
5571 if (negative) | |
5572 { | |
5573 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
5574 } | |
5575 if (hex) | |
5576 { | |
5577 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5578 --length; | |
5579 } | |
5580 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
5581 { | |
5582 *ptr++ = hex; | |
5583 --length; | |
5584 } | |
5585 | |
5586 /* | |
5587 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
5588 */ | |
5589 if (hex == 0) | |
5590 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
5591 else if (hex == '0') | |
5592 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
5593 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
5594 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
5595 else | |
5596 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
5597 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
5598 | |
5599 /* | |
39 | 5600 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
5601 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
5602 * Don't do this when | |
5603 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
7 | 5604 */ |
39 | 5605 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
7 | 5606 while (length-- > 0) |
5607 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5608 *ptr = NUL; | |
5609 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
5610 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
5611 vim_free(buf1); | |
5612 } | |
5613 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5614 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
5615 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5616 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
5617 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5618 #endif | |
5619 return OK; | |
5620 } | |
5621 | |
5622 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5623 int | |
5624 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
5625 vir_T *virp; | |
5626 int force; | |
5627 { | |
5628 int eof; | |
5629 int do_it = TRUE; | |
5630 int size; | |
5631 int limit; | |
5632 int i; | |
5633 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
5634 char_u *str; | |
5635 char_u **array = NULL; | |
5636 | |
5637 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
5638 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
1893 | 5639 |
5640 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
7 | 5641 if (*str == '"') |
5642 { | |
5643 set_prev = TRUE; | |
5644 str++; | |
5645 } | |
1893 | 5646 |
7 | 5647 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
5648 { | |
5649 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
5650 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
5651 do_it = FALSE; | |
5652 } | |
5653 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
5654 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5655 do_it = FALSE; | |
1893 | 5656 |
5657 if (*str == '@') | |
5658 { | |
5659 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
5660 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
5661 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
5662 } | |
5663 | |
7 | 5664 size = 0; |
5665 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
5666 if (do_it) | |
5667 { | |
5668 if (set_prev) | |
5669 y_previous = y_current; | |
5670 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
5671 array = y_current->y_array = | |
5672 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
1893 | 5673 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
7 | 5674 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
5675 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
5676 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
5677 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
5678 else | |
5679 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
5680 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
5681 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
5682 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
5683 } | |
5684 | |
5685 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
5686 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
5687 { | |
5688 if (do_it) | |
5689 { | |
5690 if (size >= limit) | |
5691 { | |
5692 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
5693 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5694 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
5695 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5696 vim_free(array); | |
5697 limit *= 2; | |
5698 array = y_current->y_array; | |
5699 } | |
5700 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5701 if (str != NULL) | |
5702 array[size++] = str; | |
5703 else | |
5704 do_it = FALSE; | |
5705 } | |
5706 } | |
5707 if (do_it) | |
5708 { | |
5709 if (size == 0) | |
5710 { | |
5711 vim_free(array); | |
5712 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
5713 } | |
5714 else if (size < limit) | |
5715 { | |
5716 y_current->y_array = | |
5717 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5718 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
5719 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5720 vim_free(array); | |
5721 } | |
5722 y_current->y_size = size; | |
5723 } | |
5724 return eof; | |
5725 } | |
5726 | |
5727 void | |
5728 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
5729 FILE *fp; | |
5730 { | |
5731 int i, j; | |
5732 char_u *type; | |
5733 char_u c; | |
5734 int num_lines; | |
5735 int max_num_lines; | |
5736 int max_kbyte; | |
5737 long len; | |
5738 | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5739 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
7 | 5740 |
5741 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
5742 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
5743 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
5744 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
5745 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
5746 return; | |
5747 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
5748 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
5749 return; | |
1893 | 5750 |
7 | 5751 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
5752 { | |
5753 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
5754 continue; | |
5755 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5756 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
5757 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
5758 continue; | |
5759 #endif | |
5760 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
5761 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
5762 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
5763 continue; | |
5764 #endif | |
55 | 5765 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
7 | 5766 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
55 | 5767 if (num_lines == 0 |
5768 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5769 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
55 | 5770 continue; |
5771 | |
7 | 5772 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
5773 { | |
5774 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
5775 len = 0; | |
5776 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
835 | 5777 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
7 | 5778 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
5779 continue; | |
5780 } | |
5781 | |
5782 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
5783 { | |
5784 case MLINE: | |
5785 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5786 break; | |
5787 case MCHAR: | |
5788 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
5789 break; | |
5790 case MBLOCK: | |
5791 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
5792 break; | |
5793 default: | |
5794 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
274 | 5795 y_regs[i].y_type); |
7 | 5796 emsg(IObuff); |
5797 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5798 break; | |
5799 } | |
5800 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
5801 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
5802 c = get_register_name(i); | |
1893 | 5803 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
5804 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
5805 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
5735 | 5806 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, (int)y_regs[i].y_width); |
7 | 5807 |
5808 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
5809 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
5810 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
5811 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
5812 { | |
5813 putc('\t', fp); | |
5814 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
5815 } | |
5816 } | |
5817 } | |
5818 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5819 | |
5820 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
5821 /* | |
5822 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
5823 * | |
5824 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
5825 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
5826 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
5827 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
5828 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
5829 * | |
5830 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
5831 * | |
5832 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
5833 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
5834 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
5835 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
5836 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
5837 */ | |
5838 | |
5839 /* | |
5840 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
5841 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
5842 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
5843 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
5844 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
5845 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
5846 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
5847 */ | |
5848 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
5849 void | |
5850 x11_export_final_selection() | |
5851 { | |
5852 Display *dpy; | |
5853 char_u *str = NULL; | |
5854 long_u len = 0; | |
5855 int motion_type = -1; | |
5856 | |
5857 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5858 if (gui.in_use) | |
5859 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
5860 else | |
5861 # endif | |
5862 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
5863 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
5864 # else | |
5865 return; | |
5866 # endif | |
5867 | |
5868 /* Get selection to export */ | |
5869 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
5870 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
5871 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
5872 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
5873 | |
5874 /* Check it's OK */ | |
5875 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
5876 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
5877 { | |
1924 | 5878 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4201 | 5879 int ok = TRUE; |
5880 | |
1924 | 5881 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from |
5882 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
5883 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
5884 */ | |
5885 if (has_mbyte) | |
5886 { | |
5887 vimconv_T vc; | |
5888 | |
5889 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
5890 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
5891 { | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5892 int intlen = len; |
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5893 char_u *conv_str; |
2007 | 5894 |
4201 | 5895 vc.vc_fail = TRUE; |
2007 | 5896 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); |
5897 len = intlen; | |
1924 | 5898 if (conv_str != NULL) |
5899 { | |
5900 vim_free(str); | |
5901 str = conv_str; | |
5902 } | |
4201 | 5903 else |
5904 { | |
5905 ok = FALSE; | |
5906 } | |
1924 | 5907 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); |
5908 } | |
4201 | 5909 else |
5910 { | |
5911 ok = FALSE; | |
5912 } | |
1924 | 5913 } |
4201 | 5914 |
5915 /* Do not store the string if conversion failed. Better to use any | |
5916 * other selection than garbled text. */ | |
5917 if (ok) | |
5918 #endif | |
5919 { | |
5920 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); | |
5921 XFlush(dpy); | |
5922 } | |
7 | 5923 } |
5924 | |
5925 vim_free(str); | |
5926 } | |
5927 #endif | |
5928 | |
5929 void | |
5930 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
5931 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5932 { | |
5933 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
5934 | |
5935 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5936 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5937 else | |
5938 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5939 free_yank_all(); | |
5940 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
5941 y_current = y_ptr; | |
5942 } | |
5943 | |
5944 /* | |
5945 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
5946 */ | |
5947 void | |
5948 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
5949 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5950 { | |
5951 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
5952 pos_T old_cursor; | |
5953 pos_T old_visual; | |
5954 int old_visual_mode; | |
5955 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
5956 int old_set_curswant; | |
5957 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
5958 oparg_T oa; | |
5959 cmdarg_T ca; | |
5960 | |
5961 if (cbd->owned) | |
5962 { | |
5963 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
5964 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
5965 return; | |
5966 | |
5967 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
5968 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
5969 old_y_current = y_current; | |
5970 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5971 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
5972 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
5973 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
5974 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
5975 old_visual = VIsual; | |
5976 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
5977 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
5978 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
5979 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
5980 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
5981 ca.oap = &oa; | |
5982 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
5983 ca.count1 = 1; | |
5984 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
5985 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
5986 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
5987 y_current = old_y_current; | |
5988 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
688 | 5989 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
7 | 5990 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
5991 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
5992 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
5993 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
5994 VIsual = old_visual; | |
5995 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
5996 } | |
5997 else | |
5998 { | |
5999 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
6000 | |
6001 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
6002 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
6003 } | |
6004 } | |
6005 | |
2896 | 6006 /* |
6007 * Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register. | |
6008 */ | |
7 | 6009 void |
6010 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
6011 int type; | |
6012 char_u *str; | |
6013 long len; | |
6014 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
6015 { | |
6016 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
6017 | |
6018 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
6019 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
6020 else | |
6021 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
6022 | |
6023 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
6024 | |
5798 | 6025 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L, FALSE); |
7 | 6026 } |
6027 | |
6028 /* | |
6029 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
6030 * with length *len. | |
6031 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
6032 */ | |
6033 int | |
6034 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
6035 char_u **str; | |
6036 long_u *len; | |
6037 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
6038 { | |
6039 char_u *p; | |
6040 int lnum; | |
6041 int i, j; | |
6042 int_u eolsize; | |
6043 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
6044 | |
6045 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
6046 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
6047 else | |
6048 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
6049 | |
6050 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
6051 eolsize = 2; | |
6052 #else | |
6053 eolsize = 1; | |
6054 #endif | |
6055 | |
6056 *str = NULL; | |
6057 *len = 0; | |
6058 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
6059 return -1; | |
6060 | |
6061 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
6062 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
6063 | |
6064 /* | |
6065 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
6066 */ | |
6067 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
6068 *len -= eolsize; | |
6069 | |
6070 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
6071 if (p == NULL) | |
6072 return -1; | |
6073 lnum = 0; | |
6074 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
6075 { | |
6076 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
6077 p[i] = NUL; | |
6078 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
6079 { | |
6080 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
6081 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
6082 #endif | |
6083 #ifdef USE_CR | |
6084 p[i] = '\r'; | |
6085 #else | |
6086 p[i] = '\n'; | |
6087 #endif | |
6088 lnum++; | |
6089 j = -1; | |
6090 } | |
6091 else | |
6092 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
6093 } | |
6094 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
6095 } | |
6096 | |
6097 | |
6098 /* | |
6099 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
6100 */ | |
6101 static void | |
6102 may_set_selection() | |
6103 { | |
6104 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
6105 { | |
6106 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
6107 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
6108 } | |
6109 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
6110 { | |
6111 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6112 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
6113 } | |
6114 } | |
6115 | |
6116 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
6117 | |
6118 | |
6119 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
6120 /* | |
6121 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
6122 */ | |
6123 void | |
6124 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
6125 char_u *str; | |
6126 long len; | |
6127 { | |
6128 struct yankreg *curr; | |
6129 | |
6130 curr = y_current; | |
6131 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
6132 free_yank_all(); | |
5798 | 6133 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L, FALSE); |
7 | 6134 y_current = curr; |
6135 } | |
6136 #endif | |
6137 | |
6138 | |
6139 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
6140 /* | |
6141 * Return the type of a register. | |
6142 * Used for getregtype() | |
6143 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
6144 */ | |
6145 char_u | |
6146 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
6147 int regname; | |
6148 long *reglen; | |
6149 { | |
6150 switch (regname) | |
6151 { | |
6152 case '%': /* file name */ | |
6153 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
6154 case '=': /* expression */ | |
6155 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
6156 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
6157 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
6158 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
6159 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
6160 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
6161 #endif | |
6162 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
6163 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
6164 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
6165 return MCHAR; | |
6166 } | |
6167 | |
6168 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6169 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6170 #endif | |
6171 | |
5596 | 6172 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
6173 return MAUTO; | |
6174 | |
7 | 6175 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); |
6176 | |
6177 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
6178 { | |
6179 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
6180 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
6181 return y_current->y_type; | |
6182 } | |
6183 return MAUTO; | |
6184 } | |
6185 | |
5796 | 6186 static char_u *getreg_wrap_one_line __ARGS((char_u *s, int flags)); |
6187 | |
6188 /* | |
6189 * When "flags" has GREG_LIST return a list with text "s". | |
6190 * Otherwise just return "s". | |
6191 */ | |
6192 static char_u * | |
6193 getreg_wrap_one_line(s, flags) | |
6194 char_u *s; | |
6195 int flags; | |
6196 { | |
6197 if (flags & GREG_LIST) | |
6198 { | |
6199 list_T *list = list_alloc(); | |
6200 | |
6201 if (list != NULL) | |
6202 { | |
6203 if (list_append_string(list, NULL, -1) == FAIL) | |
6204 { | |
6205 list_free(list, TRUE); | |
6206 return NULL; | |
6207 } | |
6208 list->lv_first->li_tv.vval.v_string = s; | |
6209 } | |
6210 return (char_u *)list; | |
6211 } | |
6212 return s; | |
6213 } | |
6214 | |
7 | 6215 /* |
6216 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
6217 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
6218 * Returns NULL for error. | |
5796 | 6219 * Flags: |
6220 * GREG_NO_EXPR Do not allow expression register | |
6221 * GREG_EXPR_SRC For the expression register: return expression itself, | |
6222 * not the result of its evaluation. | |
6223 * GREG_LIST Return a list of lines in place of a single string. | |
7 | 6224 */ |
6225 char_u * | |
5796 | 6226 get_reg_contents(regname, flags) |
7 | 6227 int regname; |
5796 | 6228 int flags; |
7 | 6229 { |
6230 long i; | |
6231 char_u *retval; | |
6232 int allocated; | |
6233 long len; | |
6234 | |
6235 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
6236 if (regname == '=') | |
6237 { | |
5796 | 6238 if (flags & GREG_NO_EXPR) |
6239 return NULL; | |
6240 if (flags & GREG_EXPR_SRC) | |
6241 return getreg_wrap_one_line(get_expr_line_src(), flags); | |
6242 return getreg_wrap_one_line(get_expr_line(), flags); | |
7 | 6243 } |
6244 | |
6245 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
6246 regname = '"'; | |
6247 | |
6248 /* check for valid regname */ | |
6249 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
6250 return NULL; | |
6251 | |
6252 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6253 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
6254 #endif | |
6255 | |
6256 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
6257 { | |
6258 if (retval == NULL) | |
6259 return NULL; | |
5796 | 6260 if (allocated) |
6261 return getreg_wrap_one_line(retval, flags); | |
6262 return getreg_wrap_one_line(vim_strsave(retval), flags); | |
7 | 6263 } |
6264 | |
6265 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
6266 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
6267 return NULL; | |
6268 | |
5796 | 6269 if (flags & GREG_LIST) |
6270 { | |
6271 list_T *list = list_alloc(); | |
6272 int error = FALSE; | |
6273 | |
6274 if (list == NULL) | |
6275 return NULL; | |
6276 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6277 if (list_append_string(list, y_current->y_array[i], -1) == FAIL) | |
6278 error = TRUE; | |
6279 if (error) | |
6280 { | |
6281 list_free(list, TRUE); | |
6282 return NULL; | |
6283 } | |
6284 return (char_u *)list; | |
6285 } | |
6286 | |
7 | 6287 /* |
6288 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
6289 */ | |
6290 len = 0; | |
6291 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6292 { | |
6293 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6294 /* | |
6295 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
6296 * y_type is MLINE. | |
6297 */ | |
6298 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6299 ++len; | |
6300 } | |
6301 | |
6302 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
6303 | |
6304 /* | |
6305 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
6306 */ | |
6307 if (retval != NULL) | |
6308 { | |
6309 len = 0; | |
6310 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6311 { | |
6312 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6313 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
6314 | |
6315 /* | |
6316 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
6317 * MLINE. | |
6318 */ | |
6319 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6320 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
6321 } | |
6322 retval[len] = NUL; | |
6323 } | |
6324 | |
6325 return retval; | |
6326 } | |
6327 | |
5798 | 6328 static int |
6329 init_write_reg(name, old_y_previous, old_y_current, must_append, yank_type) | |
6330 int name; | |
6331 struct yankreg **old_y_previous; | |
6332 struct yankreg **old_y_current; | |
6333 int must_append; | |
6334 int *yank_type UNUSED; | |
6335 { | |
6336 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ | |
6337 { | |
6338 emsg_invreg(name); | |
6339 return FAIL; | |
6340 } | |
6341 | |
6342 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
6343 *old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
6344 *old_y_current = y_current; | |
6345 | |
6346 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
6347 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
6348 free_yank_all(); | |
6349 return OK; | |
6350 } | |
6351 | |
6352 static void | |
6353 finish_write_reg(name, old_y_previous, old_y_current) | |
6354 int name; | |
6355 struct yankreg *old_y_previous; | |
6356 struct yankreg *old_y_current; | |
6357 { | |
6358 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6359 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
6360 may_set_selection(); | |
6361 # endif | |
6362 | |
6363 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
6364 if (name != '"') | |
6365 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
6366 y_current = old_y_current; | |
6367 } | |
6368 | |
7 | 6369 /* |
6370 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
6371 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
6372 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
6373 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
6374 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
6375 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
6376 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
6377 */ | |
6378 void | |
6379 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
6380 int name; | |
6381 char_u *str; | |
6382 int maxlen; | |
6383 int must_append; | |
6384 { | |
6385 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
6386 } | |
6387 | |
6388 void | |
5798 | 6389 write_reg_contents_lst(name, strings, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) |
6390 int name; | |
6391 char_u **strings; | |
6392 int maxlen UNUSED; | |
6393 int must_append; | |
6394 int yank_type; | |
6395 long block_len; | |
6396 { | |
6397 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6398 | |
6399 if (name == '/' | |
6400 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6401 || name == '=' | |
6402 #endif | |
6403 ) | |
6404 { | |
6405 char_u *s; | |
6406 | |
6407 if (strings[0] == NULL) | |
6408 s = (char_u *)""; | |
6409 else if (strings[1] != NULL) | |
6410 { | |
6411 EMSG(_("E883: search pattern and expression register may not " | |
6412 "contain two or more lines")); | |
6413 return; | |
6414 } | |
6415 else | |
6416 s = strings[0]; | |
6417 write_reg_contents_ex(name, s, -1, must_append, yank_type, block_len); | |
6418 return; | |
6419 } | |
6420 | |
6421 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
6422 return; | |
6423 | |
6424 if (init_write_reg(name, &old_y_previous, &old_y_current, must_append, | |
6425 &yank_type) == FAIL) | |
6426 return; | |
6427 | |
6428 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, (char_u *) strings, -1, block_len, TRUE); | |
6429 | |
6430 finish_write_reg(name, old_y_previous, old_y_current); | |
6431 } | |
6432 | |
6433 void | |
7 | 6434 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) |
6435 int name; | |
6436 char_u *str; | |
6437 int maxlen; | |
6438 int must_append; | |
6439 int yank_type; | |
6440 long block_len; | |
6441 { | |
6442 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6443 long len; | |
6444 | |
336 | 6445 if (maxlen >= 0) |
6446 len = maxlen; | |
6447 else | |
6448 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
6449 | |
7 | 6450 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
6451 if (name == '/') | |
6452 { | |
6453 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
6454 return; | |
6455 } | |
6456 | |
336 | 6457 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6458 if (name == '=') | |
6459 { | |
6460 char_u *p, *s; | |
6461 | |
6462 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
6463 if (p == NULL) | |
6464 return; | |
6465 if (must_append) | |
6466 { | |
6467 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
6468 vim_free(p); | |
6469 p = s; | |
6470 } | |
6471 set_expr_line(p); | |
6472 return; | |
6473 } | |
6474 #endif | |
6475 | |
7 | 6476 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ |
6477 return; | |
6478 | |
5798 | 6479 if (init_write_reg(name, &old_y_previous, &old_y_current, must_append, |
6480 &yank_type) == FAIL) | |
6481 return; | |
6482 | |
6483 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len, FALSE); | |
6484 | |
6485 finish_write_reg(name, old_y_previous, old_y_current); | |
7 | 6486 } |
6487 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
6488 | |
6489 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6490 /* | |
6491 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
6492 * is appended. | |
6493 */ | |
6494 static void | |
5798 | 6495 str_to_reg(y_ptr, yank_type, str, len, blocklen, str_list) |
7 | 6496 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ |
2896 | 6497 int yank_type; /* MCHAR, MLINE, MBLOCK, MAUTO */ |
7 | 6498 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ |
6499 long len; /* length of string */ | |
6500 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
5798 | 6501 int str_list; /* TRUE if str is char_u ** */ |
7 | 6502 { |
2896 | 6503 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ |
7 | 6504 int lnum; |
6505 long start; | |
6506 long i; | |
6507 int extra; | |
6508 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
6509 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
6510 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
6511 char_u *s; | |
5798 | 6512 char_u **ss; |
7 | 6513 char_u **pp; |
6514 long maxlen; | |
6515 | |
2000 | 6516 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
7 | 6517 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
6518 | |
2896 | 6519 if (yank_type == MAUTO) |
5798 | 6520 type = ((str_list || (len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == NL |
6521 || str[len - 1] == CAR))) | |
2896 | 6522 ? MLINE : MCHAR); |
6523 else | |
6524 type = yank_type; | |
6525 | |
7 | 6526 /* |
6527 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
6528 */ | |
6529 newlines = 0; | |
5798 | 6530 if (str_list) |
6531 { | |
6532 for (ss = (char_u **) str; *ss != NULL; ++ss) | |
7 | 6533 ++newlines; |
5798 | 6534 } |
6535 else | |
6536 { | |
6537 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
6538 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6539 ++newlines; | |
6540 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
6541 { | |
6542 extraline = 1; | |
6543 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
6544 } | |
6545 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
6546 { | |
6547 append = TRUE; | |
6548 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
6549 } | |
7 | 6550 } |
6551 | |
6552 /* | |
6553 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
6554 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
6555 */ | |
6556 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
6557 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
6558 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6559 return; | |
6560 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
6561 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
6562 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
6563 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
6564 maxlen = 0; | |
6565 | |
6566 /* | |
6567 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
6568 */ | |
5798 | 6569 if (str_list) |
6570 { | |
6571 for (ss = (char_u **) str; *ss != NULL; ++ss, ++lnum) | |
7 | 6572 { |
5856 | 6573 i = (long)STRLEN(*ss); |
5798 | 6574 pp[lnum] = vim_strnsave(*ss, i); |
6575 if (i > maxlen) | |
6576 maxlen = i; | |
7 | 6577 } |
5798 | 6578 } |
6579 else | |
6580 { | |
6581 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
7 | 6582 { |
5798 | 6583 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ |
6584 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6585 break; | |
6586 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
6587 if (i > maxlen) | |
6588 maxlen = i; | |
6589 if (append) | |
6590 { | |
6591 --lnum; | |
6592 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6593 } | |
6594 else | |
6595 extra = 0; | |
6596 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
6597 if (s == NULL) | |
6598 break; | |
6599 if (extra) | |
6600 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
6601 if (append) | |
6602 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6603 if (i) | |
6604 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
6605 extra += i; | |
6606 s[extra] = NUL; | |
6607 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
6608 while (--extra >= 0) | |
6609 { | |
6610 if (*s == NUL) | |
6611 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
6612 ++s; | |
6613 } | |
6614 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
7 | 6615 } |
6616 } | |
6617 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
6618 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
6619 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
6620 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
6621 else | |
6622 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
6623 } | |
6624 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
6625 | |
6626 void | |
6627 clear_oparg(oap) | |
6628 oparg_T *oap; | |
6629 { | |
6630 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
6631 } | |
6632 | |
161 | 6633 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
7 | 6634 |
6635 /* | |
161 | 6636 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
7 | 6637 * |
6638 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
6639 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
6640 * | |
161 | 6641 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
6642 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
7 | 6643 * |
6644 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
6645 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
6646 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
6647 * the size of the EOL character. | |
6648 */ | |
6649 static long | |
161 | 6650 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
7 | 6651 char_u *line; |
6652 long *wc; | |
161 | 6653 long *cc; |
7 | 6654 long limit; |
6655 int eol_size; | |
6656 { | |
161 | 6657 long i; |
6658 long words = 0; | |
6659 long chars = 0; | |
7 | 6660 int is_word = 0; |
6661 | |
3626 | 6662 for (i = 0; i < limit && line[i] != NUL; ) |
7 | 6663 { |
6664 if (is_word) | |
6665 { | |
6666 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6667 { | |
6668 words++; | |
6669 is_word = 0; | |
6670 } | |
6671 } | |
6672 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6673 is_word = 1; | |
161 | 6674 ++chars; |
6675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6676 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
161 | 6677 #else |
6678 ++i; | |
6679 #endif | |
7 | 6680 } |
6681 | |
6682 if (is_word) | |
6683 words++; | |
6684 *wc += words; | |
6685 | |
6686 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
2996 | 6687 if (i < limit && line[i] == NUL) |
161 | 6688 { |
7 | 6689 i += eol_size; |
161 | 6690 chars += eol_size; |
6691 } | |
6692 *cc += chars; | |
7 | 6693 return i; |
6694 } | |
6695 | |
6696 /* | |
6697 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
6698 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
6699 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
6700 */ | |
6701 void | |
6702 cursor_pos_info() | |
6703 { | |
6704 char_u *p; | |
274 | 6705 char_u buf1[50]; |
6706 char_u buf2[40]; | |
7 | 6707 linenr_T lnum; |
161 | 6708 long byte_count = 0; |
6709 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6710 long char_count = 0; |
6711 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
161 | 6712 long word_count = 0; |
6713 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6714 int eol_size; |
6715 long last_check = 100000L; | |
6716 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
6717 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
6718 oparg_T oparg; | |
6719 struct block_def bd; | |
6720 | |
6721 /* | |
6722 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
6723 */ | |
6724 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
6725 { | |
6726 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
6727 } | |
6728 else | |
6729 { | |
6730 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
6731 eol_size = 2; | |
6732 else | |
6733 eol_size = 1; | |
6734 | |
6735 if (VIsual_active) | |
6736 { | |
6737 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
6738 { | |
6739 min_pos = VIsual; | |
6740 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6741 } | |
6742 else | |
6743 { | |
6744 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6745 max_pos = VIsual; | |
6746 } | |
6747 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
6748 --max_pos.col; | |
6749 | |
6750 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
6751 { | |
1866 | 6752 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6753 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
6754 | |
6755 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
6756 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
6757 #endif | |
7 | 6758 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
6759 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
6760 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
6761 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
688 | 6762 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
1866 | 6763 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6764 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
6765 #endif | |
688 | 6766 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
6767 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6768 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
6769 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
6770 { | |
6771 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
6772 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
6773 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
6774 } | |
6775 } | |
6776 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
6777 } | |
6778 | |
6779 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6780 { | |
6781 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
161 | 6782 if (byte_count > last_check) |
7 | 6783 { |
6784 ui_breakcheck(); | |
6785 if (got_int) | |
6786 return; | |
161 | 6787 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
7 | 6788 } |
6789 | |
6790 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
6791 if (VIsual_active | |
6792 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
6793 { | |
45 | 6794 char_u *s = NULL; |
6795 long len = 0L; | |
6796 | |
7 | 6797 switch (VIsual_mode) |
6798 { | |
6799 case Ctrl_V: | |
5735 | 6800 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 6801 virtual_op = virtual_active(); |
5735 | 6802 #endif |
7 | 6803 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); |
5735 | 6804 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 6805 virtual_op = MAYBE; |
5735 | 6806 #endif |
45 | 6807 s = bd.textstart; |
6808 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
7 | 6809 break; |
6810 case 'V': | |
45 | 6811 s = ml_get(lnum); |
6812 len = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6813 break; |
6814 case 'v': | |
6815 { | |
6816 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
6817 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
6818 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
6819 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
6820 | |
45 | 6821 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
6822 len = end_col; | |
7 | 6823 } |
6824 break; | |
6825 } | |
45 | 6826 if (s != NULL) |
6827 { | |
161 | 6828 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
6829 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
45 | 6830 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
6831 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
6832 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
50 | 6833 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
161 | 6834 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
45 | 6835 } |
7 | 6836 } |
6837 else | |
6838 { | |
6839 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
6840 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6841 { | |
6842 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
161 | 6843 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
6844 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
6845 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
6846 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
7 | 6847 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
6848 } | |
6849 } | |
6850 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
161 | 6851 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
6852 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
7 | 6853 } |
6854 | |
6855 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
6856 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
161 | 6857 byte_count -= eol_size; |
7 | 6858 |
6859 if (VIsual_active) | |
6860 { | |
688 | 6861 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
7 | 6862 { |
6863 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
688 | 6864 &max_pos.col); |
1869 | 6865 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
7 | 6866 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
6867 } | |
6868 else | |
6869 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
6870 | |
161 | 6871 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
274 | 6872 && char_count == byte_count) |
1869 | 6873 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6874 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
7 | 6875 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6876 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6877 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6878 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6879 else | |
1869 | 6880 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6881 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
161 | 6882 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6883 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6884 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6885 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6886 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6887 } |
6888 else | |
6889 { | |
6890 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
6891 validate_virtcol(); | |
1869 | 6892 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
7 | 6893 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
5995 | 6894 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), |
6895 linetabsize(p)); | |
7 | 6896 |
161 | 6897 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
6898 && char_count == byte_count) | |
1869 | 6899 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6900 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
7 | 6901 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6902 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6903 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6904 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6905 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6906 else | |
1869 | 6907 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6908 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
161 | 6909 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6910 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6911 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6912 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6913 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6914 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6915 } |
6916 | |
6917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
161 | 6918 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
6919 if (byte_count > 0) | |
7 | 6920 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
161 | 6921 byte_count); |
7 | 6922 #endif |
6923 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
6924 p = p_shm; | |
6925 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
6926 msg(IObuff); | |
6927 p_shm = p; | |
6928 } | |
6929 } |